diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger')
40 files changed, 11671 insertions, 0 deletions
| diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/AppConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/AppConfig.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fcfcb2590e --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/AppConfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +/* +             LUFA Library +     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + +  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com +           www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* +  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + +  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this +  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted +  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in +  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this +  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting +  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in +  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the +  software without specific, written prior permission. + +  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this +  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability +  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any +  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages +  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether +  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, +  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of +  this software. +*/ + +/** \file + *  \brief Application Configuration Header File + * + *  This is a header file which is be used to configure some of + *  the application's compile time options, as an alternative to + *  specifying the compile time constants supplied through a + *  makefile or build system. + * + *  For information on what each token does, refer to the + *  \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation. + */ + +#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_ +#define _APP_CONFIG_H_ + +	#define DUMMY_RTC + +#endif diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/LUFAConfig.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f7d7e62708 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/LUFAConfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +/* +             LUFA Library +     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + +  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com +           www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* +  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + +  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this +  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted +  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in +  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this +  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting +  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in +  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the +  software without specific, written prior permission. + +  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this +  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability +  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any +  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages +  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether +  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, +  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of +  this software. +*/ + +/** \file + *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File + * + *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options, + *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through + *  a makefile. + * + *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA + *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens". + */ + +#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ +#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ + +	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) + +		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */ +//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES + +		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */ +//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY +//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here} +//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here} +//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here} +//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here} +//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here} +//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH + +		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */ +//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG +		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL) +		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY +//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY +//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here} +//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT +//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS + +		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ +//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS +		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS +//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS +//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL +		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8 +		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            0 +		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1 +//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE +		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT +//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP +//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER + +		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ +//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              0 +//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here} +//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here} +//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT +//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE + +	#else + +		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file. + +	#endif +#endif diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c07a588782 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.c @@ -0,0 +1,257 @@ +/* +             LUFA Library +     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + +  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com +           www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* +  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + +  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this +  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted +  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in +  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this +  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting +  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in +  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the +  software without specific, written prior permission. + +  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this +  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability +  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any +  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages +  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether +  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, +  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of +  this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special + *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine + *  the device's capabilities and functions. + */ + +#include "Descriptors.h" + + +/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the + *  USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This + *  descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding) + *  the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for + *  more details on HID report descriptors. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM GenericReport[] = +{ +	/* Use the HID class driver's standard Vendor HID report. +	 *  Vendor Usage Page: 1 +	 *  Vendor Collection Usage: 1 +	 *  Vendor Report IN Usage: 2 +	 *  Vendor Report OUT Usage: 3 +	 *  Vendor Report Size: GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE +	 */ +	HID_DESCRIPTOR_VENDOR(0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE) +}; + +/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall + *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the + *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration + *  process begins. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor = +{ +	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device}, + +	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0), +	.Class                  = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass, +	.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass, +	.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol, + +	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE, + +	.VendorID               = 0x03EB, +	.ProductID              = 0x2063, +	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1), + +	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer, +	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product, +	.SerialNumStrIndex      = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL, + +	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS +}; + +/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage + *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces + *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting + *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor = +{ +	.Config = +		{ +			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration}, + +			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t), +			.TotalInterfaces        = 2, + +			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1, +			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR, + +			.ConfigAttributes       = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED), + +			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100) +		}, + +	.MS_Interface = +		{ +			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, + +			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage, +			.AlternateSetting       = 0, + +			.TotalEndpoints         = 2, + +			.Class                  = MS_CSCP_MassStorageClass, +			.SubClass               = MS_CSCP_SCSITransparentSubclass, +			.Protocol               = MS_CSCP_BulkOnlyTransportProtocol, + +			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR +		}, + +	.MS_DataInEndpoint = +		{ +			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + +			.EndpointAddress        = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR, +			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), +			.EndpointSize           = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE, +			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05 +		}, + +	.MS_DataOutEndpoint = +		{ +			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + +			.EndpointAddress        = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR, +			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), +			.EndpointSize           = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE, +			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05 +		}, + +	.HID_Interface = +		{ +			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, + +			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_HID, +			.AlternateSetting       = 0, + +			.TotalEndpoints         = 1, + +			.Class                  = HID_CSCP_HIDClass, +			.SubClass               = HID_CSCP_NonBootSubclass, +			.Protocol               = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol, + +			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR +		}, + +	.HID_GenericHID = +		{ +			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID}, + +			.HIDSpec                = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1), +			.CountryCode            = 0x00, +			.TotalReportDescriptors = 1, +			.HIDReportType          = HID_DTYPE_Report, +			.HIDReportLength        = sizeof(GenericReport) +		}, + +	.HID_ReportINEndpoint = +		{ +			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + +			.EndpointAddress        = GENERIC_IN_EPADDR, +			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), +			.EndpointSize           = GENERIC_EPSIZE, +			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05 +		}, +}; + +/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests + *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate + *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG); + +/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable + *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device + *  Descriptor. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera"); + +/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form, + *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device + *  Descriptor. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Temperature Datalogger"); + +/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors" + *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given + *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function + *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the + *  USB host. + */ +uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, +                                    const uint16_t wIndex, +                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress) +{ +	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8); +	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF); + +	const void* Address = NULL; +	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR; + +	switch (DescriptorType) +	{ +		case DTYPE_Device: +			Address = &DeviceDescriptor; +			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t); +			break; +		case DTYPE_Configuration: +			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor; +			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t); +			break; +		case DTYPE_String: +			switch (DescriptorNumber) +			{ +				case STRING_ID_Language: +					Address = &LanguageString; +					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size); +					break; +				case STRING_ID_Manufacturer: +					Address = &ManufacturerString; +					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size); +					break; +				case STRING_ID_Product: +					Address = &ProductString; +					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size); +					break; +			} + +			break; +		case HID_DTYPE_HID: +			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_GenericHID; +			Size    = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t); +			break; +		case HID_DTYPE_Report: +			Address = &GenericReport; +			Size    = sizeof(GenericReport); +			break; +	} + +	*DescriptorAddress = Address; +	return Size; +} + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ffbd65d465 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.h @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +/* +             LUFA Library +     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + +  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com +           www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_ +#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_ + +	/* Includes: */ +		#include <avr/pgmspace.h> + +		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + +		#include "TempDataLogger.h" +		#include "Config/AppConfig.h" + +	/* Macros: */ +		/** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage device-to-host data IN endpoint. */ +		#define MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR         (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 3) + +		/** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */ +		#define MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR        (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4) + +		/** Size in bytes of the Mass Storage data endpoints. */ +		#define MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE         64 + +		/** Endpoint address of the Generic HID reporting IN endpoint. */ +		#define GENERIC_IN_EPADDR              (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 1) + +		/** Size in bytes of the Generic HID reporting endpoint. */ +		#define GENERIC_EPSIZE                 16 + +		/** Size in bytes of the Generic HID reports (including report ID byte). */ +		#define GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE            sizeof(Device_Report_t) + +	/* Type Defines: */ +		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the +		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which +		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host. +		 */ +		typedef struct +		{ +			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config; + +			// Mass Storage Interface +			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t            MS_Interface; +			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             MS_DataInEndpoint; +			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             MS_DataOutEndpoint; + +			// Settings Management Generic HID Interface +			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t            HID_Interface; +			USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t              HID_GenericHID; +			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             HID_ReportINEndpoint; +		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t; + +		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor +		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the +		 *  interface from other descriptors. +		 */ +		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t +		{ +			INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage = 0, /**< Mass storage interface descriptor ID */ +			INTERFACE_ID_HID         = 1, /**< HID interface descriptor ID */ +		}; + +		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should +		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from +		 *  other descriptors. +		 */ +		enum StringDescriptors_t +		{ +			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */ +			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */ +			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */ +		}; + +	/* Function Prototypes: */ +		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, +		                                    const uint16_t wIndex, +		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress) +		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); + +#endif + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b1111ce39b --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.c @@ -0,0 +1,534 @@ +/* +             LUFA Library +     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + +  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com +           www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* +  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + +  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this +  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted +  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in +  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this +  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting +  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in +  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the +  software without specific, written prior permission. + +  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this +  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability +  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any +  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages +  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether +  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, +  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of +  this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + *  Functions to manage the physical Dataflash media, including reading and writing of + *  blocks of data. These functions are called by the SCSI layer when data must be stored + *  or retrieved to/from the physical storage media. If a different media is used (such + *  as a SD card or EEPROM), functions similar to these will need to be generated. + */ + +#define  INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASHMANAGER_C +#include "DataflashManager.h" + +/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from + *  the pre-selected data OUT endpoint. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the endpoint and writes + *  them to the Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks. + * + *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state + *  \param[in] BlockAddress  Data block starting address for the write sequence + *  \param[in] TotalBlocks   Number of blocks of data to write + */ +void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, +                                  const uint32_t BlockAddress, +                                  uint16_t TotalBlocks) +{ +	uint16_t CurrDFPage          = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); +	uint16_t CurrDFPageByte      = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); +	uint8_t  CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4); +	bool     UsingSecondBuffer   = false; + +	/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */ +	Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); + +#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) +	/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */ +	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1); +	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); +	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); +#endif + +	/* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */ +	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE); +	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte); + +	/* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */ +	if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) +	  return; + +	while (TotalBlocks) +	{ +		uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0; + +		/* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */ +		while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) +		{ +			/* Check if the endpoint is currently empty */ +			if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())) +			{ +				/* Clear the current endpoint bank */ +				Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + +				/* Wait until the host has sent another packet */ +				if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) +				  return; +			} + +			/* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */ +			if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) +			{ +				/* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */ +				Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); +				Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE); +				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); + +				/* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */ +				CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0; +				CurrDFPage++; + +				/* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */ +				if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS)) +				  UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer); + +				/* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */ +				Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); + +#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) +				/* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */ +				if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) +				{ +					/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */ +					Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); +					Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1); +					Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); +					Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); +				} +#endif + +				/* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */ +				Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE); +				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0); +			} + +			/* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */ +			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); +			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); +			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); +			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); +			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); +			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); +			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); +			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); +			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); +			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); +			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); +			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); +			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); +			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); +			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); +			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); + +			/* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */ +			CurrDFPageByteDiv16++; + +			/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */ +			BytesInBlockDiv16++; + +			/* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */ +			if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset) +			  return; +		} + +		/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */ +		TotalBlocks--; +	} + +	/* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */ +	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); +	Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE); +	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00); +	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); + +	/* If the endpoint is empty, clear it ready for the next packet from the host */ +	if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())) +	  Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + +	/* Deselect all Dataflash chips */ +	Dataflash_DeselectChip(); +} + +/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into + *  the pre-selected data IN endpoint. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash + *  and writes them in OS sized blocks to the endpoint. + * + *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state + *  \param[in] BlockAddress  Data block starting address for the read sequence + *  \param[in] TotalBlocks   Number of blocks of data to read + */ +void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, +                                 const uint32_t BlockAddress, +                                 uint16_t TotalBlocks) +{ +	uint16_t CurrDFPage          = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); +	uint16_t CurrDFPageByte      = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); +	uint8_t  CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4); + +	/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */ +	Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); + +	/* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */ +	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD); +	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte); +	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); +	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); +	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); +	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + +	/* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */ +	if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) +	  return; + +	while (TotalBlocks) +	{ +		uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0; + +		/* Read an endpoint packet sized data block from the Dataflash */ +		while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) +		{ +			/* Check if the endpoint is currently full */ +			if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())) +			{ +				/* Clear the endpoint bank to send its contents to the host */ +				Endpoint_ClearIN(); + +				/* Wait until the endpoint is ready for more data */ +				if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) +				  return; +			} + +			/* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */ +			if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) +			{ +				/* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */ +				CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0; +				CurrDFPage++; + +				/* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */ +				Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); + +				/* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */ +				Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD); +				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); +				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); +				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); +				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); +				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); +			} + +			/* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */ +			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); +			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); +			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); +			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); +			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); +			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); +			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); +			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); +			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); +			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); +			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); +			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); +			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); +			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); +			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); +			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + +			/* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */ +			CurrDFPageByteDiv16++; + +			/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */ +			BytesInBlockDiv16++; + +			/* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */ +			if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset) +			  return; +		} + +		/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */ +		TotalBlocks--; +	} + +	/* If the endpoint is full, send its contents to the host */ +	if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())) +	  Endpoint_ClearIN(); + +	/* Deselect all Dataflash chips */ +	Dataflash_DeselectChip(); +} + +/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from + *  the given RAM buffer. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the buffer and writes them to the + *  Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks. This can be linked to FAT libraries to write files to the + *  Dataflash. + * + *  \param[in] BlockAddress  Data block starting address for the write sequence + *  \param[in] TotalBlocks   Number of blocks of data to write + *  \param[in] BufferPtr     Pointer to the data source RAM buffer + */ +void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, +                                      uint16_t TotalBlocks, +                                      const uint8_t* BufferPtr) +{ +	uint16_t CurrDFPage          = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); +	uint16_t CurrDFPageByte      = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); +	uint8_t  CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4); +	bool     UsingSecondBuffer   = false; + +	/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */ +	Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); + +#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) +	/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */ +	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1); +	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); +	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); +#endif + +	/* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */ +	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE); +	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte); + +	while (TotalBlocks) +	{ +		uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0; + +		/* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */ +		while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) +		{ +			/* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */ +			if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) +			{ +				/* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */ +				Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); +				Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE); +				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); + +				/* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */ +				CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0; +				CurrDFPage++; + +				/* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */ +				if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS)) +				  UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer); + +				/* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */ +				Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); + +#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) +				/* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */ +				if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) +				{ +					/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */ +					Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); +					Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1); +					Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); +					Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); +				} +#endif + +				/* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */ +				Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(); +				Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE); +				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0); +			} + +			/* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */ +			for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++) +			  Dataflash_SendByte(*(BufferPtr++)); + +			/* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */ +			CurrDFPageByteDiv16++; + +			/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */ +			BytesInBlockDiv16++; +		} + +		/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */ +		TotalBlocks--; +	} + +	/* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */ +	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); +	Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE); +	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00); +	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); + +	/* Deselect all Dataflash chips */ +	Dataflash_DeselectChip(); +} + +/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into + *  the preallocated RAM buffer. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash + *  and writes them in OS sized blocks to the given buffer. This can be linked to FAT libraries to read + *  the files stored on the Dataflash. + * + *  \param[in] BlockAddress  Data block starting address for the read sequence + *  \param[in] TotalBlocks   Number of blocks of data to read + *  \param[out] BufferPtr    Pointer to the data destination RAM buffer + */ +void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, +                                     uint16_t TotalBlocks, +                                     uint8_t* BufferPtr) +{ +	uint16_t CurrDFPage          = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); +	uint16_t CurrDFPageByte      = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); +	uint8_t  CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4); + +	/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */ +	Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); + +	/* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */ +	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD); +	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte); +	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); +	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); +	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); +	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + +	while (TotalBlocks) +	{ +		uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0; + +		/* Read an endpoint packet sized data block from the Dataflash */ +		while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) +		{ +			/* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */ +			if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) +			{ +				/* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */ +				CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0; +				CurrDFPage++; + +				/* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */ +				Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); + +				/* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */ +				Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD); +				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); +				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); +				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); +				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); +				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); +			} + +			/* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */ +			for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++) +			  *(BufferPtr++) = Dataflash_ReceiveByte(); + +			/* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */ +			CurrDFPageByteDiv16++; + +			/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */ +			BytesInBlockDiv16++; +		} + +		/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */ +		TotalBlocks--; +	} + +	/* Deselect all Dataflash chips */ +	Dataflash_DeselectChip(); +} + +/** Disables the Dataflash memory write protection bits on the board Dataflash ICs, if enabled. */ +void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void) +{ +	/* Select first Dataflash chip, send the read status register command */ +	Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1); +	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS); + +	/* Check if sector protection is enabled */ +	if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON) +	{ +		Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(); + +		/* Send the commands to disable sector protection */ +		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]); +		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]); +		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]); +		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]); +	} + +	/* Select second Dataflash chip (if present on selected board), send read status register command */ +	#if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2) +	Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2); +	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS); + +	/* Check if sector protection is enabled */ +	if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON) +	{ +		Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(); + +		/* Send the commands to disable sector protection */ +		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]); +		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]); +		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]); +		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]); +	} +	#endif + +	/* Deselect current Dataflash chip */ +	Dataflash_DeselectChip(); +} + +/** Performs a simple test on the attached Dataflash IC(s) to ensure that they are working. + * + *  \return Boolean \c true if all media chips are working, \c false otherwise + */ +bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void) +{ +	uint8_t ReturnByte; + +	/* Test first Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */ +	Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1); +	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO); +	ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte(); +	Dataflash_DeselectChip(); + +	/* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */ +	if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL) +	  return false; + +	#if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2) +	/* Test second Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */ +	Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2); +	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO); +	ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte(); +	Dataflash_DeselectChip(); + +	/* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */ +	if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL) +	  return false; +	#endif + +	return true; +} + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f0feeb67bc --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.h @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +/* +             LUFA Library +     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + +  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com +           www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* +  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + +  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this +  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted +  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in +  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this +  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting +  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in +  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the +  software without specific, written prior permission. + +  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this +  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability +  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any +  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages +  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether +  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, +  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of +  this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + *  Header file for DataflashManager.c. + */ + +#ifndef _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_ +#define _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_ + +	/* Includes: */ +		#include <avr/io.h> + +		#include "../TempDataLogger.h" +		#include "../Descriptors.h" +		#include "Config/AppConfig.h" + +		#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h> +		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> +		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h> + +	/* Preprocessor Checks: */ +		#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE % 16) +			#error Dataflash page size must be a multiple of 16 bytes. +		#endif + +	/* Defines: */ +		/** Total number of bytes of the storage medium, comprised of one or more Dataflash ICs. */ +		#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES                ((uint32_t)DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) + +		/** Block size of the device. This is kept at 512 to remain compatible with the OS despite the underlying +		 *  storage media (Dataflash) using a different native block size. Do not change this value. +		 */ +		#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE           512 + +		/** Total number of blocks of the virtual memory for reporting to the host as the device's total capacity. Do not +		 *  change this value; change VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES instead to alter the media size. +		 */ +		#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS               (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES / VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) + +	/* Function Prototypes: */ +		void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, +		                                  const uint32_t BlockAddress, +		                                  uint16_t TotalBlocks); +		void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, +		                                 const uint32_t BlockAddress, +		                                 uint16_t TotalBlocks); +		void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, +		                                      uint16_t TotalBlocks, +		                                      const uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); +		void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, +		                                     uint16_t TotalBlocks, +		                                     uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); +		void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void); +		bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void); + +#endif + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/00readme.txt b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/00readme.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..80d8843d13 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/00readme.txt @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ +FatFs Module Source Files R0.09a                       (C)ChaN, 2012 + + +FILES + +  ffconf.h   Configuration file for FatFs module. +  ff.h       Common include file for FatFs and application module. +  ff.c       FatFs module. +  diskio.h   Common include file for FatFs and disk I/O module. +  diskio.c   An example of glue function to attach existing disk I/O module to FatFs. +  integer.h  Integer type definitions for FatFs. +  option     Optional external functions. + +  Low level disk I/O module is not included in this archive because the FatFs +  module is only a generic file system layer and not depend on any specific +  storage device. You have to provide a low level disk I/O module that written +  to control your storage device. + + + +AGREEMENTS + + FatFs module is an open source software to implement FAT file system to + small embedded systems. This is a free software and is opened for education, + research and commercial developments under license policy of following trems. + +  Copyright (C) 2012, ChaN, all right reserved. + + * The FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY. + * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for +   personal, non-profit or commercial product UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY. + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice. + + + +REVISION HISTORY + +  Feb 26, 2006  R0.00  Prototype + +  Apr 29, 2006  R0.01  First release. + +  Jun 01, 2006  R0.02  Added FAT12. +                       Removed unbuffered mode. +                       Fixed a problem on small (<32M) patition. + +  Jun 10, 2006  R0.02a Added a configuration option _FS_MINIMUM. + +  Sep 22, 2006  R0.03  Added f_rename. +                       Changed option _FS_MINIMUM to _FS_MINIMIZE. + +  Dec 11, 2006  R0.03a Improved cluster scan algolithm to write files fast. +                       Fixed f_mkdir creates incorrect directory on FAT32. + +  Feb 04, 2007  R0.04  Supported multiple drive system. (FatFs) +                       Changed some APIs for multiple drive system. +                       Added f_mkfs. (FatFs) +                       Added _USE_FAT32 option. (Tiny-FatFs) + +  Apr 01, 2007  R0.04a Supported multiple partitions on a plysical drive. (FatFs) +                       Fixed an endian sensitive code in f_mkfs. (FatFs) +                       Added a capability of extending the file size to f_lseek. +                       Added minimization level 3. +                       Fixed a problem that can collapse a sector when recreate an +                       existing file in any sub-directory at non FAT32 cfg. (Tiny-FatFs) + +  May 05, 2007  R0.04b Added _USE_NTFLAG option. +                       Added FSInfo support. +                       Fixed some problems corresponds to FAT32. (Tiny-FatFs) +                       Fixed DBCS name can result FR_INVALID_NAME. +                       Fixed short seek (0 < ofs <= csize) collapses the file object. + +  Aug 25, 2007  R0.05  Changed arguments of f_read, f_write. +                       Changed arguments of f_mkfs. (FatFs) +                       Fixed f_mkfs on FAT32 creates incorrect FSInfo. (FatFs) +                       Fixed f_mkdir on FAT32 creates incorrect directory. (FatFs) + +  Feb 03, 2008  R0.05a Added f_truncate(). +                       Added f_utime(). +                       Fixed off by one error at FAT sub-type determination. +                       Fixed btr in f_read() can be mistruncated. +                       Fixed cached sector is not flushed when create and close without write. + +  Apr 01, 2008  R0.06  Added f_forward(). (Tiny-FatFs) +                       Added string functions: fputc(), fputs(), fprintf() and fgets(). +                       Improved performance of f_lseek() on move to the same or following cluster. + +  Apr 01, 2009, R0.07  Merged Tiny-FatFs as a buffer configuration option. +                       Added long file name support. +                       Added multiple code page support. +                       Added re-entrancy for multitask operation. +                       Added auto cluster size selection to f_mkfs(). +                       Added rewind option to f_readdir(). +                       Changed result code of critical errors. +                       Renamed string functions to avoid name collision. + +  Apr 14, 2009, R0.07a Separated out OS dependent code on reentrant cfg. +                       Added multiple sector size support. + +  Jun 21, 2009, R0.07c Fixed f_unlink() may return FR_OK on error. +                       Fixed wrong cache control in f_lseek(). +                       Added relative path feature. +                       Added f_chdir(). +                       Added f_chdrive(). +                       Added proper case conversion for extended characters. + +  Nov 03, 2009 R0.07e  Separated out configuration options from ff.h to ffconf.h. +                       Added a configuration option, _LFN_UNICODE. +                       Fixed f_unlink() fails to remove a sub-dir on _FS_RPATH. +                       Fixed name matching error on the 13 char boundary. +                       Changed f_readdir() to return the SFN with always upper case on non-LFN cfg. + +  May 15, 2010, R0.08  Added a memory configuration option. (_USE_LFN) +                       Added file lock feature. (_FS_SHARE) +                       Added fast seek feature. (_USE_FASTSEEK) +                       Changed some types on the API, XCHAR->TCHAR. +                       Changed fname member in the FILINFO structure on Unicode cfg. +                       String functions support UTF-8 encoding files on Unicode cfg. + +  Aug 16,'10 R0.08a    Added f_getcwd(). (_FS_RPATH = 2) +                       Added sector erase feature. (_USE_ERASE) +                       Moved file lock semaphore table from fs object to the bss. +                       Fixed a wrong directory entry is created on non-LFN cfg when the given name contains ';'. +                       Fixed f_mkfs() creates wrong FAT32 volume. + +  Jan 15,'11 R0.08b    Fast seek feature is also applied to f_read() and f_write(). +                       f_lseek() reports required table size on creating CLMP. +                       Extended format syntax of f_printf function. +                       Ignores duplicated directory separators in given path names. + +  Sep 06,'11 R0.09     f_mkfs() supports multiple partition to finish the multiple partition feature. +                       Added f_fdisk(). (_MULTI_PARTITION = 2) + +  Aug 27,'12 R0.09a    Fixed assertion failure due to OS/2 EA on FAT12/16. +                       Changed API rejects null object pointer to avoid crash. +                       Changed option name _FS_SHARE to _FS_LOCK. diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8cc8cd4049 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.c @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Low level disk I/O module skeleton for FatFs     (C)ChaN, 2007        */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* This is a stub disk I/O module that acts as front end of the existing */ +/* disk I/O modules and attach it to FatFs module with common interface. */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#include "diskio.h" + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Initialize a Drive                                                    */ + +DSTATUS disk_initialize ( +	BYTE drv				/* Physical drive number (0..) */ +) +{ +	return FR_OK; +} + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Return Disk Status                                                    */ + +DSTATUS disk_status ( +	BYTE drv		/* Physical drive number (0..) */ +) +{ +	return FR_OK; +} + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Read Sector(s)                                                        */ + +DRESULT disk_read ( +	BYTE drv,		/* Physical drive number (0..) */ +	BYTE *buff,		/* Data buffer to store read data */ +	DWORD sector,	/* Sector address (LBA) */ +	BYTE count		/* Number of sectors to read (1..128) */ +) +{ +	DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(sector, count, buff); +	return RES_OK; +} + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Write Sector(s)                                                       */ + +#if _READONLY == 0 +DRESULT disk_write ( +	BYTE drv,			/* Physical drive number (0..) */ +	const BYTE *buff,	/* Data to be written */ +	DWORD sector,		/* Sector address (LBA) */ +	BYTE count			/* Number of sectors to write (1..128) */ +) +{ +	DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(sector, count, buff); +	return RES_OK; +} +#endif /* _READONLY */ + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Miscellaneous Functions                                               */ + +DRESULT disk_ioctl ( +	BYTE drv,		/* Physical drive number (0..) */ +	BYTE ctrl,		/* Control code */ +	void *buff		/* Buffer to send/receive control data */ +) +{ +	if (ctrl == CTRL_SYNC) +	  return RES_OK; +	else +	  return RES_PARERR; +} + + +DWORD get_fattime (void) +{ +	TimeDate_t CurrTimeDate; + +	RTC_GetTimeDate(&CurrTimeDate); + + +	return ((DWORD)(20 + CurrTimeDate.Year) << 25) | +	             ((DWORD)CurrTimeDate.Month << 21) | +	               ((DWORD)CurrTimeDate.Day << 16) | +	              ((DWORD)CurrTimeDate.Hour << 11) | +	             ((DWORD)CurrTimeDate.Minute << 5) | +	      (((DWORD)CurrTimeDate.Second >> 1) << 0); +} + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d3c3149a59 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.h @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------- +/  Low level disk interface module include file +/-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#ifndef _DISKIO_DEFINED +#define _DISKIO_DEFINED + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#include "integer.h" + +#include "../DataflashManager.h" + + +/* Status of Disk Functions */ +typedef BYTE	DSTATUS; + +/* Results of Disk Functions */ +typedef enum { +	RES_OK = 0,		/* 0: Successful */ +	RES_ERROR,		/* 1: R/W Error */ +	RES_WRPRT,		/* 2: Write Protected */ +	RES_NOTRDY,		/* 3: Not Ready */ +	RES_PARERR		/* 4: Invalid Parameter */ +} DRESULT; + + +/*---------------------------------------*/ +/* Prototypes for disk control functions */ + +DSTATUS disk_initialize (BYTE); +DSTATUS disk_status (BYTE); +DRESULT disk_read (BYTE, BYTE*, DWORD, BYTE); +#if	_READONLY == 0 +DRESULT disk_write (BYTE, const BYTE*, DWORD, BYTE); +#endif +DRESULT disk_ioctl (BYTE, BYTE, void*); + + +/* Disk Status Bits (DSTATUS) */ + +#define STA_NOINIT		0x01	/* Drive not initialized */ +#define STA_NODISK		0x02	/* No medium in the drive */ +#define STA_PROTECT		0x04	/* Write protected */ + +/* Generic command */ +#define CTRL_SYNC			0	/* Mandatory for write functions */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..059b5885ae --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.c @@ -0,0 +1,4139 @@ +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------/ +/  FatFs - FAT file system module  R0.09a                 (C)ChaN, 2012 +/-----------------------------------------------------------------------------/ +/ FatFs module is a generic FAT file system module for small embedded systems. +/ This is a free software that opened for education, research and commercial +/ developments under license policy of following terms. +/ +/  Copyright (C) 2012, ChaN, all right reserved. +/ +/ * The FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY. +/ * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for +/   personal, non-profit or commercial products UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY. +/ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice. +/ +/-----------------------------------------------------------------------------/ +/ Feb 26,'06 R0.00  Prototype. +/ +/ Apr 29,'06 R0.01  First stable version. +/ +/ Jun 01,'06 R0.02  Added FAT12 support. +/                   Removed unbuffered mode. +/                   Fixed a problem on small (<32M) partition. +/ Jun 10,'06 R0.02a Added a configuration option (_FS_MINIMUM). +/ +/ Sep 22,'06 R0.03  Added f_rename(). +/                   Changed option _FS_MINIMUM to _FS_MINIMIZE. +/ Dec 11,'06 R0.03a Improved cluster scan algorithm to write files fast. +/                   Fixed f_mkdir() creates incorrect directory on FAT32. +/ +/ Feb 04,'07 R0.04  Supported multiple drive system. +/                   Changed some interfaces for multiple drive system. +/                   Changed f_mountdrv() to f_mount(). +/                   Added f_mkfs(). +/ Apr 01,'07 R0.04a Supported multiple partitions on a physical drive. +/                   Added a capability of extending file size to f_lseek(). +/                   Added minimization level 3. +/                   Fixed an endian sensitive code in f_mkfs(). +/ May 05,'07 R0.04b Added a configuration option _USE_NTFLAG. +/                   Added FSInfo support. +/                   Fixed DBCS name can result FR_INVALID_NAME. +/                   Fixed short seek (<= csize) collapses the file object. +/ +/ Aug 25,'07 R0.05  Changed arguments of f_read(), f_write() and f_mkfs(). +/                   Fixed f_mkfs() on FAT32 creates incorrect FSInfo. +/                   Fixed f_mkdir() on FAT32 creates incorrect directory. +/ Feb 03,'08 R0.05a Added f_truncate() and f_utime(). +/                   Fixed off by one error at FAT sub-type determination. +/                   Fixed btr in f_read() can be mistruncated. +/                   Fixed cached sector is not flushed when create and close without write. +/ +/ Apr 01,'08 R0.06  Added fputc(), fputs(), fprintf() and fgets(). +/                   Improved performance of f_lseek() on moving to the same or following cluster. +/ +/ Apr 01,'09 R0.07  Merged Tiny-FatFs as a configuration option. (_FS_TINY) +/                   Added long file name feature. +/                   Added multiple code page feature. +/                   Added re-entrancy for multitask operation. +/                   Added auto cluster size selection to f_mkfs(). +/                   Added rewind option to f_readdir(). +/                   Changed result code of critical errors. +/                   Renamed string functions to avoid name collision. +/ Apr 14,'09 R0.07a Separated out OS dependent code on reentrant cfg. +/                   Added multiple sector size feature. +/ Jun 21,'09 R0.07c Fixed f_unlink() can return FR_OK on error. +/                   Fixed wrong cache control in f_lseek(). +/                   Added relative path feature. +/                   Added f_chdir() and f_chdrive(). +/                   Added proper case conversion to extended char. +/ Nov 03,'09 R0.07e Separated out configuration options from ff.h to ffconf.h. +/                   Fixed f_unlink() fails to remove a sub-dir on _FS_RPATH. +/                   Fixed name matching error on the 13 char boundary. +/                   Added a configuration option, _LFN_UNICODE. +/                   Changed f_readdir() to return the SFN with always upper case on non-LFN cfg. +/ +/ May 15,'10 R0.08  Added a memory configuration option. (_USE_LFN = 3) +/                   Added file lock feature. (_FS_SHARE) +/                   Added fast seek feature. (_USE_FASTSEEK) +/                   Changed some types on the API, XCHAR->TCHAR. +/                   Changed fname member in the FILINFO structure on Unicode cfg. +/                   String functions support UTF-8 encoding files on Unicode cfg. +/ Aug 16,'10 R0.08a Added f_getcwd(). (_FS_RPATH = 2) +/                   Added sector erase feature. (_USE_ERASE) +/                   Moved file lock semaphore table from fs object to the bss. +/                   Fixed a wrong directory entry is created on non-LFN cfg when the given name contains ';'. +/                   Fixed f_mkfs() creates wrong FAT32 volume. +/ Jan 15,'11 R0.08b Fast seek feature is also applied to f_read() and f_write(). +/                   f_lseek() reports required table size on creating CLMP. +/                   Extended format syntax of f_printf function. +/                   Ignores duplicated directory separators in given path name. +/ +/ Sep 06,'11 R0.09  f_mkfs() supports multiple partition to finish the multiple partition feature. +/                   Added f_fdisk(). (_MULTI_PARTITION = 2) +/ Aug 27,'12 R0.09a Fixed assertion failure due to OS/2 EA on FAT12/16 volume. +/                   Changed f_open() and f_opendir reject null object pointer to avoid crash. +/                   Changed option name _FS_SHARE to _FS_LOCK. +/---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#include "ff.h"			/* FatFs configurations and declarations */ +#include "diskio.h"		/* Declarations of low level disk I/O functions */ + + +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +   Module Private Definitions + +---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if _FATFS != 4004	/* Revision ID */ +#error Wrong include file (ff.h). +#endif + + +/* Definitions on sector size */ +#if _MAX_SS != 512 && _MAX_SS != 1024 && _MAX_SS != 2048 && _MAX_SS != 4096 +#error Wrong sector size. +#endif +#if _MAX_SS != 512 +#define	SS(fs)	((fs)->ssize)	/* Variable sector size */ +#else +#define	SS(fs)	512U			/* Fixed sector size */ +#endif + + +/* Reentrancy related */ +#if _FS_REENTRANT +#if _USE_LFN == 1 +#error Static LFN work area must not be used in re-entrant configuration. +#endif +#define	ENTER_FF(fs)		{ if (!lock_fs(fs)) return FR_TIMEOUT; } +#define	LEAVE_FF(fs, res)	{ unlock_fs(fs, res); return res; } +#else +#define	ENTER_FF(fs) +#define LEAVE_FF(fs, res)	return res +#endif + +#define	ABORT(fs, res)		{ fp->flag |= FA__ERROR; LEAVE_FF(fs, res); } + + +/* File access control feature */ +#if _FS_LOCK +#if _FS_READONLY +#error _FS_LOCK must be 0 on read-only cfg. +#endif +typedef struct { +	FATFS *fs;				/* File ID 1, volume (NULL:blank entry) */ +	DWORD clu;				/* File ID 2, directory */ +	WORD idx;				/* File ID 3, directory index */ +	WORD ctr;				/* File open counter, 0:none, 0x01..0xFF:read open count, 0x100:write mode */ +} FILESEM; +#endif + + + +/* DBCS code ranges and SBCS extend char conversion table */ + +#if _CODE_PAGE == 932	/* Japanese Shift-JIS */ +#define _DF1S	0x81	/* DBC 1st byte range 1 start */ +#define _DF1E	0x9F	/* DBC 1st byte range 1 end */ +#define _DF2S	0xE0	/* DBC 1st byte range 2 start */ +#define _DF2E	0xFC	/* DBC 1st byte range 2 end */ +#define _DS1S	0x40	/* DBC 2nd byte range 1 start */ +#define _DS1E	0x7E	/* DBC 2nd byte range 1 end */ +#define _DS2S	0x80	/* DBC 2nd byte range 2 start */ +#define _DS2E	0xFC	/* DBC 2nd byte range 2 end */ + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 936	/* Simplified Chinese GBK */ +#define _DF1S	0x81 +#define _DF1E	0xFE +#define _DS1S	0x40 +#define _DS1E	0x7E +#define _DS2S	0x80 +#define _DS2E	0xFE + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 949	/* Korean */ +#define _DF1S	0x81 +#define _DF1E	0xFE +#define _DS1S	0x41 +#define _DS1E	0x5A +#define _DS2S	0x61 +#define _DS2E	0x7A +#define _DS3S	0x81 +#define _DS3E	0xFE + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 950	/* Traditional Chinese Big5 */ +#define _DF1S	0x81 +#define _DF1E	0xFE +#define _DS1S	0x40 +#define _DS1E	0x7E +#define _DS2S	0xA1 +#define _DS2E	0xFE + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 437	/* U.S. (OEM) */ +#define _DF1S	0 +#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0x41,0x8E,0x41,0x8F,0x80,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x49,0x49,0x49,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x4F,0x99,0x4F,0x55,0x55,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ +				0x41,0x49,0x4F,0x55,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ +				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ +				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 720	/* Arabic (OEM) */ +#define _DF1S	0 +#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x45,0x41,0x84,0x41,0x86,0x43,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x49,0x49,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x49,0x49,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ +				0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ +				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ +				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 737	/* Greek (OEM) */ +#define _DF1S	0 +#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87, \ +				0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0xAA,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ +				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ +				0x97,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xE4,0xED,0xEE,0xE7,0xE8,0xF1,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 775	/* Baltic (OEM) */ +#define _DF1S	0 +#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x91,0xA0,0x8E,0x95,0x8F,0x80,0xAD,0xED,0x8A,0x8A,0xA1,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ +				0xA0,0xA1,0xE0,0xA3,0xA3,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ +				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xBD,0xBE,0xC6,0xC7,0xA5,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ +				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE3,0xE8,0xE8,0xEA,0xEA,0xEE,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 850	/* Multilingual Latin 1 (OEM) */ +#define _DF1S	0 +#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0xDE,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ +				0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ +				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ +				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE7,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 852	/* Latin 2 (OEM) */ +#define _DF1S	0 +#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xDE,0x8F,0x80,0x9D,0xD3,0x8A,0x8A,0xD7,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x91,0xE2,0x99,0x95,0x95,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9B,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ +				0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA4,0xA4,0xA6,0xA6,0xA8,0xA8,0xAA,0x8D,0xAC,0xB8,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBD,0xBF, \ +				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC6,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD2,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xB7,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ +				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE3,0xD5,0xE6,0xE6,0xE8,0xE9,0xE8,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xDD,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xEB,0xFC,0xFC,0xFE,0xFF} + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 855	/* Cyrillic (OEM) */ +#define _DF1S	0 +#define _EXCVT {0x81,0x81,0x83,0x83,0x85,0x85,0x87,0x87,0x89,0x89,0x8B,0x8B,0x8D,0x8D,0x8F,0x8F,0x91,0x91,0x93,0x93,0x95,0x95,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x99,0x9B,0x9B,0x9D,0x9D,0x9F,0x9F, \ +				0xA1,0xA1,0xA3,0xA3,0xA5,0xA5,0xA7,0xA7,0xA9,0xA9,0xAB,0xAB,0xAD,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB6,0xB6,0xB8,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBE,0xBE,0xBF, \ +				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD3,0xD3,0xD5,0xD5,0xD7,0xD7,0xDD,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xE0,0xDF, \ +				0xE0,0xE2,0xE2,0xE4,0xE4,0xE6,0xE6,0xE8,0xE8,0xEA,0xEA,0xEC,0xEC,0xEE,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF2,0xF2,0xF4,0xF4,0xF6,0xF6,0xF8,0xF8,0xFA,0xFA,0xFC,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 857	/* Turkish (OEM) */ +#define _DF1S	0 +#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0x98,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9E, \ +				0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA6,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ +				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ +				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xDE,0x59,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 858	/* Multilingual Latin 1 + Euro (OEM) */ +#define _DF1S	0 +#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0xDE,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ +				0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ +				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ +				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE7,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 862	/* Hebrew (OEM) */ +#define _DF1S	0 +#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ +				0x41,0x49,0x4F,0x55,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ +				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ +				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 866	/* Russian (OEM) */ +#define _DF1S	0 +#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ +				0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ +				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ +				0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x9d,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F,0xF0,0xF0,0xF2,0xF2,0xF4,0xF4,0xF6,0xF6,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 874	/* Thai (OEM, Windows) */ +#define _DF1S	0 +#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ +				0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ +				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ +				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1250 /* Central Europe (Windows) */ +#define _DF1S	0 +#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F, \ +				0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xA3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xA5,0xAA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBC,0xAF, \ +				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ +				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xFF} + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1251 /* Cyrillic (Windows) */ +#define _DF1S	0 +#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x82,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x80,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F, \ +				0xA0,0xA2,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB2,0xA5,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xA8,0xB9,0xAA,0xBB,0xA3,0xBD,0xBD,0xAF, \ +				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ +				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF} + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1252 /* Latin 1 (Windows) */ +#define _DF1S	0 +#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0xAd,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0xAE,0x9F, \ +				0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ +				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ +				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0x9F} + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1253 /* Greek (Windows) */ +#define _DF1S	0 +#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ +				0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ +				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xA2,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA, \ +				0xE0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xF2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xFB,0xBC,0xFD,0xBF,0xFF} + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1254 /* Turkish (Windows) */ +#define _DF1S	0 +#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ +				0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ +				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ +				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0x9F} + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1255 /* Hebrew (Windows) */ +#define _DF1S	0 +#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ +				0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ +				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ +				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1256 /* Arabic (Windows) */ +#define _DF1S	0 +#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ +				0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ +				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ +				0x41,0xE1,0x41,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0x43,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x45,0xEC,0xED,0x49,0x49,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0x4F,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0x55,0xFA,0x55,0x55,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1257 /* Baltic (Windows) */ +#define _DF1S	0 +#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ +				0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xA8,0xB9,0xAA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xAF, \ +				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ +				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xFF} + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1258 /* Vietnam (OEM, Windows) */ +#define _DF1S	0 +#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0xAC,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ +				0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ +				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ +				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xEC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xF2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xFE,0x9F} + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1	/* ASCII (for only non-LFN cfg) */ +#if _USE_LFN +#error Cannot use LFN feature without valid code page. +#endif +#define _DF1S	0 + +#else +#error Unknown code page + +#endif + + +/* Character code support macros */ +#define IsUpper(c)	(((c)>='A')&&((c)<='Z')) +#define IsLower(c)	(((c)>='a')&&((c)<='z')) +#define IsDigit(c)	(((c)>='0')&&((c)<='9')) + +#if _DF1S		/* Code page is DBCS */ + +#ifdef _DF2S	/* Two 1st byte areas */ +#define IsDBCS1(c)	(((BYTE)(c) >= _DF1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DF2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF2E)) +#else			/* One 1st byte area */ +#define IsDBCS1(c)	((BYTE)(c) >= _DF1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF1E) +#endif + +#ifdef _DS3S	/* Three 2nd byte areas */ +#define IsDBCS2(c)	(((BYTE)(c) >= _DS1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS2E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS3S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS3E)) +#else			/* Two 2nd byte areas */ +#define IsDBCS2(c)	(((BYTE)(c) >= _DS1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS2E)) +#endif + +#else			/* Code page is SBCS */ + +#define IsDBCS1(c)	0 +#define IsDBCS2(c)	0 + +#endif /* _DF1S */ + + +/* Name status flags */ +#define NS			11		/* Index of name status byte in fn[] */ +#define NS_LOSS		0x01	/* Out of 8.3 format */ +#define NS_LFN		0x02	/* Force to create LFN entry */ +#define NS_LAST		0x04	/* Last segment */ +#define NS_BODY		0x08	/* Lower case flag (body) */ +#define NS_EXT		0x10	/* Lower case flag (ext) */ +#define NS_DOT		0x20	/* Dot entry */ + + +/* FAT sub-type boundaries */ +/* Note that the FAT spec by Microsoft says 4085 but Windows works with 4087! */ +#define MIN_FAT16	4086	/* Minimum number of clusters for FAT16 */ +#define	MIN_FAT32	65526	/* Minimum number of clusters for FAT32 */ + + +/* FatFs refers the members in the FAT structures as byte array instead of +/ structure member because the structure is not binary compatible between +/ different platforms */ + +#define BS_jmpBoot			0	/* Jump instruction (3) */ +#define BS_OEMName			3	/* OEM name (8) */ +#define BPB_BytsPerSec		11	/* Sector size [byte] (2) */ +#define BPB_SecPerClus		13	/* Cluster size [sector] (1) */ +#define BPB_RsvdSecCnt		14	/* Size of reserved area [sector] (2) */ +#define BPB_NumFATs			16	/* Number of FAT copies (1) */ +#define BPB_RootEntCnt		17	/* Number of root dir entries for FAT12/16 (2) */ +#define BPB_TotSec16		19	/* Volume size [sector] (2) */ +#define BPB_Media			21	/* Media descriptor (1) */ +#define BPB_FATSz16			22	/* FAT size [sector] (2) */ +#define BPB_SecPerTrk		24	/* Track size [sector] (2) */ +#define BPB_NumHeads		26	/* Number of heads (2) */ +#define BPB_HiddSec			28	/* Number of special hidden sectors (4) */ +#define BPB_TotSec32		32	/* Volume size [sector] (4) */ +#define BS_DrvNum			36	/* Physical drive number (2) */ +#define BS_BootSig			38	/* Extended boot signature (1) */ +#define BS_VolID			39	/* Volume serial number (4) */ +#define BS_VolLab			43	/* Volume label (8) */ +#define BS_FilSysType		54	/* File system type (1) */ +#define BPB_FATSz32			36	/* FAT size [sector] (4) */ +#define BPB_ExtFlags		40	/* Extended flags (2) */ +#define BPB_FSVer			42	/* File system version (2) */ +#define BPB_RootClus		44	/* Root dir first cluster (4) */ +#define BPB_FSInfo			48	/* Offset of FSInfo sector (2) */ +#define BPB_BkBootSec		50	/* Offset of backup boot sector (2) */ +#define BS_DrvNum32			64	/* Physical drive number (2) */ +#define BS_BootSig32		66	/* Extended boot signature (1) */ +#define BS_VolID32			67	/* Volume serial number (4) */ +#define BS_VolLab32			71	/* Volume label (8) */ +#define BS_FilSysType32		82	/* File system type (1) */ +#define	FSI_LeadSig			0	/* FSI: Leading signature (4) */ +#define	FSI_StrucSig		484	/* FSI: Structure signature (4) */ +#define	FSI_Free_Count		488	/* FSI: Number of free clusters (4) */ +#define	FSI_Nxt_Free		492	/* FSI: Last allocated cluster (4) */ +#define MBR_Table			446	/* MBR: Partition table offset (2) */ +#define	SZ_PTE				16	/* MBR: Size of a partition table entry */ +#define BS_55AA				510	/* Boot sector signature (2) */ + +#define	DIR_Name			0	/* Short file name (11) */ +#define	DIR_Attr			11	/* Attribute (1) */ +#define	DIR_NTres			12	/* NT flag (1) */ +#define DIR_CrtTimeTenth	13	/* Created time sub-second (1) */ +#define	DIR_CrtTime			14	/* Created time (2) */ +#define	DIR_CrtDate			16	/* Created date (2) */ +#define DIR_LstAccDate		18	/* Last accessed date (2) */ +#define	DIR_FstClusHI		20	/* Higher 16-bit of first cluster (2) */ +#define	DIR_WrtTime			22	/* Modified time (2) */ +#define	DIR_WrtDate			24	/* Modified date (2) */ +#define	DIR_FstClusLO		26	/* Lower 16-bit of first cluster (2) */ +#define	DIR_FileSize		28	/* File size (4) */ +#define	LDIR_Ord			0	/* LFN entry order and LLE flag (1) */ +#define	LDIR_Attr			11	/* LFN attribute (1) */ +#define	LDIR_Type			12	/* LFN type (1) */ +#define	LDIR_Chksum			13	/* Sum of corresponding SFN entry */ +#define	LDIR_FstClusLO		26	/* Filled by zero (0) */ +#define	SZ_DIR				32		/* Size of a directory entry */ +#define	LLE					0x40	/* Last long entry flag in LDIR_Ord */ +#define	DDE					0xE5	/* Deleted directory entry mark in DIR_Name[0] */ +#define	NDDE				0x05	/* Replacement of the character collides with DDE */ + + +/*------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Module private work area                                   */ +/*------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Note that uninitialized variables with static duration are +/  zeroed/nulled at start-up. If not, the compiler or start-up +/  routine is out of ANSI-C standard. +*/ + +#if _VOLUMES +static +FATFS *FatFs[_VOLUMES];	/* Pointer to the file system objects (logical drives) */ +#else +#error Number of volumes must not be 0. +#endif + +static +WORD Fsid;				/* File system mount ID */ + +#if _FS_RPATH +static +BYTE CurrVol;			/* Current drive */ +#endif + +#if _FS_LOCK +static +FILESEM	Files[_FS_LOCK];	/* File lock semaphores */ +#endif + +#if _USE_LFN == 0			/* No LFN feature */ +#define	DEF_NAMEBUF			BYTE sfn[12] +#define INIT_BUF(dobj)		(dobj).fn = sfn +#define	FREE_BUF() + +#elif _USE_LFN == 1			/* LFN feature with static working buffer */ +static WCHAR LfnBuf[_MAX_LFN+1]; +#define	DEF_NAMEBUF			BYTE sfn[12] +#define INIT_BUF(dobj)		{ (dobj).fn = sfn; (dobj).lfn = LfnBuf; } +#define	FREE_BUF() + +#elif _USE_LFN == 2 		/* LFN feature with dynamic working buffer on the stack */ +#define	DEF_NAMEBUF			BYTE sfn[12]; WCHAR lbuf[_MAX_LFN+1] +#define INIT_BUF(dobj)		{ (dobj).fn = sfn; (dobj).lfn = lbuf; } +#define	FREE_BUF() + +#elif _USE_LFN == 3 		/* LFN feature with dynamic working buffer on the heap */ +#define	DEF_NAMEBUF			BYTE sfn[12]; WCHAR *lfn +#define INIT_BUF(dobj)		{ lfn = ff_memalloc((_MAX_LFN + 1) * 2); \ +							  if (!lfn) LEAVE_FF((dobj).fs, FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE); \ +							  (dobj).lfn = lfn;	(dobj).fn = sfn; } +#define	FREE_BUF()			ff_memfree(lfn) + +#else +#error Wrong LFN configuration. +#endif + + + + +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +   Module Private Functions + +---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* String functions                                                      */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Copy memory to memory */ +static +void mem_cpy (void* dst, const void* src, UINT cnt) { +	BYTE *d = (BYTE*)dst; +	const BYTE *s = (const BYTE*)src; + +#if _WORD_ACCESS == 1 +	while (cnt >= sizeof (int)) { +		*(int*)d = *(int*)s; +		d += sizeof (int); s += sizeof (int); +		cnt -= sizeof (int); +	} +#endif +	while (cnt--) +		*d++ = *s++; +} + +/* Fill memory */ +static +void mem_set (void* dst, int val, UINT cnt) { +	BYTE *d = (BYTE*)dst; + +	while (cnt--) +		*d++ = (BYTE)val; +} + +/* Compare memory to memory */ +static +int mem_cmp (const void* dst, const void* src, UINT cnt) { +	const BYTE *d = (const BYTE *)dst, *s = (const BYTE *)src; +	int r = 0; + +	while (cnt-- && (r = *d++ - *s++) == 0) ; +	return r; +} + +/* Check if chr is contained in the string */ +static +int chk_chr (const char* str, int chr) { +	while (*str && *str != chr) str++; +	return *str; +} + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Request/Release grant to access the volume                            */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if _FS_REENTRANT + +static +int lock_fs ( +	FATFS *fs		/* File system object */ +) +{ +	return ff_req_grant(fs->sobj); +} + + +static +void unlock_fs ( +	FATFS *fs,		/* File system object */ +	FRESULT res		/* Result code to be returned */ +) +{ +	if (fs && +		res != FR_NOT_ENABLED && +		res != FR_INVALID_DRIVE && +		res != FR_INVALID_OBJECT && +		res != FR_TIMEOUT) { +		ff_rel_grant(fs->sobj); +	} +} +#endif + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* File lock control functions                                           */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if _FS_LOCK + +static +FRESULT chk_lock (	/* Check if the file can be accessed */ +	DIR* dj,		/* Directory object pointing the file to be checked */ +	int acc			/* Desired access (0:Read, 1:Write, 2:Delete/Rename) */ +) +{ +	UINT i, be; + +	/* Search file semaphore table */ +	for (i = be = 0; i < _FS_LOCK; i++) { +		if (Files[i].fs) {	/* Existing entry */ +			if (Files[i].fs == dj->fs &&	 	/* Check if the file matched with an open file */ +				Files[i].clu == dj->sclust && +				Files[i].idx == dj->index) break; +		} else {			/* Blank entry */ +			be++; +		} +	} +	if (i == _FS_LOCK)	/* The file is not opened */ +		return (be || acc == 2) ? FR_OK : FR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES;	/* Is there a blank entry for new file? */ + +	/* The file has been opened. Reject any open against writing file and all write mode open */ +	return (acc || Files[i].ctr == 0x100) ? FR_LOCKED : FR_OK; +} + + +static +int enq_lock (void)	/* Check if an entry is available for a new file */ +{ +	UINT i; + +	for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK && Files[i].fs; i++) ; +	return (i == _FS_LOCK) ? 0 : 1; +} + + +static +UINT inc_lock (	/* Increment file open counter and returns its index (0:int error) */ +	DIR* dj,	/* Directory object pointing the file to register or increment */ +	int acc		/* Desired access mode (0:Read, !0:Write) */ +) +{ +	UINT i; + + +	for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK; i++) {	/* Find the file */ +		if (Files[i].fs == dj->fs && +			Files[i].clu == dj->sclust && +			Files[i].idx == dj->index) break; +	} + +	if (i == _FS_LOCK) {				/* Not opened. Register it as new. */ +		for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK && Files[i].fs; i++) ; +		if (i == _FS_LOCK) return 0;	/* No space to register (int err) */ +		Files[i].fs = dj->fs; +		Files[i].clu = dj->sclust; +		Files[i].idx = dj->index; +		Files[i].ctr = 0; +	} + +	if (acc && Files[i].ctr) return 0;	/* Access violation (int err) */ + +	Files[i].ctr = acc ? 0x100 : Files[i].ctr + 1;	/* Set semaphore value */ + +	return i + 1; +} + + +static +FRESULT dec_lock (	/* Decrement file open counter */ +	UINT i			/* Semaphore index */ +) +{ +	WORD n; +	FRESULT res; + + +	if (--i < _FS_LOCK) { +		n = Files[i].ctr; +		if (n == 0x100) n = 0; +		if (n) n--; +		Files[i].ctr = n; +		if (!n) Files[i].fs = 0; +		res = FR_OK; +	} else { +		res = FR_INT_ERR; +	} +	return res; +} + + +static +void clear_lock (	/* Clear lock entries of the volume */ +	FATFS *fs +) +{ +	UINT i; + +	for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK; i++) { +		if (Files[i].fs == fs) Files[i].fs = 0; +	} +} +#endif + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Change window offset                                                  */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static +FRESULT move_window ( +	FATFS *fs,		/* File system object */ +	DWORD sector	/* Sector number to make appearance in the fs->win[] */ +)					/* Move to zero only writes back dirty window */ +{ +	DWORD wsect; + + +	wsect = fs->winsect; +	if (wsect != sector) {	/* Changed current window */ +#if !_FS_READONLY +		if (fs->wflag) {	/* Write back dirty window if needed */ +			if (disk_write(fs->drv, fs->win, wsect, 1) != RES_OK) +				return FR_DISK_ERR; +			fs->wflag = 0; +			if (wsect < (fs->fatbase + fs->fsize)) {	/* In FAT area */ +				BYTE nf; +				for (nf = fs->n_fats; nf > 1; nf--) {	/* Reflect the change to all FAT copies */ +					wsect += fs->fsize; +					disk_write(fs->drv, fs->win, wsect, 1); +				} +			} +		} +#endif +		if (sector) { +			if (disk_read(fs->drv, fs->win, sector, 1) != RES_OK) +				return FR_DISK_ERR; +			fs->winsect = sector; +		} +	} + +	return FR_OK; +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Clean-up cached data                                                  */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if !_FS_READONLY +static +FRESULT sync (	/* FR_OK: successful, FR_DISK_ERR: failed */ +	FATFS *fs	/* File system object */ +) +{ +	FRESULT res; + + +	res = move_window(fs, 0); +	if (res == FR_OK) { +		/* Update FSInfo sector if needed */ +		if (fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32 && fs->fsi_flag) { +			fs->winsect = 0; +			/* Create FSInfo structure */ +			mem_set(fs->win, 0, 512); +			ST_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA, 0xAA55); +			ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_LeadSig, 0x41615252); +			ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_StrucSig, 0x61417272); +			ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Free_Count, fs->free_clust); +			ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Nxt_Free, fs->last_clust); +			/* Write it into the FSInfo sector */ +			disk_write(fs->drv, fs->win, fs->fsi_sector, 1); +			fs->fsi_flag = 0; +		} +		/* Make sure that no pending write process in the physical drive */ +		if (disk_ioctl(fs->drv, CTRL_SYNC, 0) != RES_OK) +			res = FR_DISK_ERR; +	} + +	return res; +} +#endif + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Get sector# from cluster#                                             */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + +DWORD clust2sect (	/* !=0: Sector number, 0: Failed - invalid cluster# */ +	FATFS *fs,		/* File system object */ +	DWORD clst		/* Cluster# to be converted */ +) +{ +	clst -= 2; +	if (clst >= (fs->n_fatent - 2)) return 0;		/* Invalid cluster# */ +	return clst * fs->csize + fs->database; +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* FAT access - Read value of a FAT entry                                */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + +DWORD get_fat (	/* 0xFFFFFFFF:Disk error, 1:Internal error, Else:Cluster status */ +	FATFS *fs,	/* File system object */ +	DWORD clst	/* Cluster# to get the link information */ +) +{ +	UINT wc, bc; +	BYTE *p; + + +	if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->n_fatent)	/* Check range */ +		return 1; + +	switch (fs->fs_type) { +	case FS_FAT12 : +		bc = (UINT)clst; bc += bc / 2; +		if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs)))) break; +		wc = fs->win[bc % SS(fs)]; bc++; +		if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs)))) break; +		wc |= fs->win[bc % SS(fs)] << 8; +		return (clst & 1) ? (wc >> 4) : (wc & 0xFFF); + +	case FS_FAT16 : +		if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 2)))) break; +		p = &fs->win[clst * 2 % SS(fs)]; +		return LD_WORD(p); + +	case FS_FAT32 : +		if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 4)))) break; +		p = &fs->win[clst * 4 % SS(fs)]; +		return LD_DWORD(p) & 0x0FFFFFFF; +	} + +	return 0xFFFFFFFF;	/* An error occurred at the disk I/O layer */ +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* FAT access - Change value of a FAT entry                              */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if !_FS_READONLY + +FRESULT put_fat ( +	FATFS *fs,	/* File system object */ +	DWORD clst,	/* Cluster# to be changed in range of 2 to fs->n_fatent - 1 */ +	DWORD val	/* New value to mark the cluster */ +) +{ +	UINT bc; +	BYTE *p; +	FRESULT res; + + +	if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->n_fatent) {	/* Check range */ +		res = FR_INT_ERR; + +	} else { +		switch (fs->fs_type) { +		case FS_FAT12 : +			bc = (UINT)clst; bc += bc / 2; +			res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs))); +			if (res != FR_OK) break; +			p = &fs->win[bc % SS(fs)]; +			*p = (clst & 1) ? ((*p & 0x0F) | ((BYTE)val << 4)) : (BYTE)val; +			bc++; +			fs->wflag = 1; +			res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs))); +			if (res != FR_OK) break; +			p = &fs->win[bc % SS(fs)]; +			*p = (clst & 1) ? (BYTE)(val >> 4) : ((*p & 0xF0) | ((BYTE)(val >> 8) & 0x0F)); +			break; + +		case FS_FAT16 : +			res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 2))); +			if (res != FR_OK) break; +			p = &fs->win[clst * 2 % SS(fs)]; +			ST_WORD(p, (WORD)val); +			break; + +		case FS_FAT32 : +			res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 4))); +			if (res != FR_OK) break; +			p = &fs->win[clst * 4 % SS(fs)]; +			val |= LD_DWORD(p) & 0xF0000000; +			ST_DWORD(p, val); +			break; + +		default : +			res = FR_INT_ERR; +		} +		fs->wflag = 1; +	} + +	return res; +} +#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */ + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* FAT handling - Remove a cluster chain                                 */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if !_FS_READONLY +static +FRESULT remove_chain ( +	FATFS *fs,			/* File system object */ +	DWORD clst			/* Cluster# to remove a chain from */ +) +{ +	FRESULT res; +	DWORD nxt; +#if _USE_ERASE +	DWORD scl = clst, ecl = clst, rt[2]; +#endif + +	if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->n_fatent) {	/* Check range */ +		res = FR_INT_ERR; + +	} else { +		res = FR_OK; +		while (clst < fs->n_fatent) {			/* Not a last link? */ +			nxt = get_fat(fs, clst);			/* Get cluster status */ +			if (nxt == 0) break;				/* Empty cluster? */ +			if (nxt == 1) { res = FR_INT_ERR; break; }	/* Internal error? */ +			if (nxt == 0xFFFFFFFF) { res = FR_DISK_ERR; break; }	/* Disk error? */ +			res = put_fat(fs, clst, 0);			/* Mark the cluster "empty" */ +			if (res != FR_OK) break; +			if (fs->free_clust != 0xFFFFFFFF) {	/* Update FSInfo */ +				fs->free_clust++; +				fs->fsi_flag = 1; +			} +#if _USE_ERASE +			if (ecl + 1 == nxt) {	/* Is next cluster contiguous? */ +				ecl = nxt; +			} else {				/* End of contiguous clusters */  +				rt[0] = clust2sect(fs, scl);					/* Start sector */ +				rt[1] = clust2sect(fs, ecl) + fs->csize - 1;	/* End sector */ +				disk_ioctl(fs->drv, CTRL_ERASE_SECTOR, rt);		/* Erase the block */ +				scl = ecl = nxt; +			} +#endif +			clst = nxt;	/* Next cluster */ +		} +	} + +	return res; +} +#endif + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* FAT handling - Stretch or Create a cluster chain                      */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if !_FS_READONLY +static +DWORD create_chain (	/* 0:No free cluster, 1:Internal error, 0xFFFFFFFF:Disk error, >=2:New cluster# */ +	FATFS *fs,			/* File system object */ +	DWORD clst			/* Cluster# to stretch. 0 means create a new chain. */ +) +{ +	DWORD cs, ncl, scl; +	FRESULT res; + + +	if (clst == 0) {		/* Create a new chain */ +		scl = fs->last_clust;			/* Get suggested start point */ +		if (!scl || scl >= fs->n_fatent) scl = 1; +	} +	else {					/* Stretch the current chain */ +		cs = get_fat(fs, clst);			/* Check the cluster status */ +		if (cs < 2) return 1;			/* It is an invalid cluster */ +		if (cs < fs->n_fatent) return cs;	/* It is already followed by next cluster */ +		scl = clst; +	} + +	ncl = scl;				/* Start cluster */ +	for (;;) { +		ncl++;							/* Next cluster */ +		if (ncl >= fs->n_fatent) {		/* Wrap around */ +			ncl = 2; +			if (ncl > scl) return 0;	/* No free cluster */ +		} +		cs = get_fat(fs, ncl);			/* Get the cluster status */ +		if (cs == 0) break;				/* Found a free cluster */ +		if (cs == 0xFFFFFFFF || cs == 1)/* An error occurred */ +			return cs; +		if (ncl == scl) return 0;		/* No free cluster */ +	} + +	res = put_fat(fs, ncl, 0x0FFFFFFF);	/* Mark the new cluster "last link" */ +	if (res == FR_OK && clst != 0) { +		res = put_fat(fs, clst, ncl);	/* Link it to the previous one if needed */ +	} +	if (res == FR_OK) { +		fs->last_clust = ncl;			/* Update FSINFO */ +		if (fs->free_clust != 0xFFFFFFFF) { +			fs->free_clust--; +			fs->fsi_flag = 1; +		} +	} else { +		ncl = (res == FR_DISK_ERR) ? 0xFFFFFFFF : 1; +	} + +	return ncl;		/* Return new cluster number or error code */ +} +#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */ + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* FAT handling - Convert offset into cluster with link map table        */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if _USE_FASTSEEK +static +DWORD clmt_clust (	/* <2:Error, >=2:Cluster number */ +	FIL* fp,		/* Pointer to the file object */ +	DWORD ofs		/* File offset to be converted to cluster# */ +) +{ +	DWORD cl, ncl, *tbl; + + +	tbl = fp->cltbl + 1;	/* Top of CLMT */ +	cl = ofs / SS(fp->fs) / fp->fs->csize;	/* Cluster order from top of the file */ +	for (;;) { +		ncl = *tbl++;			/* Number of cluters in the fragment */ +		if (!ncl) return 0;		/* End of table? (error) */ +		if (cl < ncl) break;	/* In this fragment? */ +		cl -= ncl; tbl++;		/* Next fragment */ +	} +	return cl + *tbl;	/* Return the cluster number */ +} +#endif	/* _USE_FASTSEEK */ + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Directory handling - Set directory index                              */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static +FRESULT dir_sdi ( +	DIR *dj,		/* Pointer to directory object */ +	WORD idx		/* Index of directory table */ +) +{ +	DWORD clst; +	WORD ic; + + +	dj->index = idx; +	clst = dj->sclust; +	if (clst == 1 || clst >= dj->fs->n_fatent)	/* Check start cluster range */ +		return FR_INT_ERR; +	if (!clst && dj->fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32)	/* Replace cluster# 0 with root cluster# if in FAT32 */ +		clst = dj->fs->dirbase; + +	if (clst == 0) {	/* Static table (root-dir in FAT12/16) */ +		dj->clust = clst; +		if (idx >= dj->fs->n_rootdir)		/* Index is out of range */ +			return FR_INT_ERR; +		dj->sect = dj->fs->dirbase + idx / (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR);	/* Sector# */ +	} +	else {				/* Dynamic table (sub-dirs or root-dir in FAT32) */ +		ic = SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR * dj->fs->csize;	/* Entries per cluster */ +		while (idx >= ic) {	/* Follow cluster chain */ +			clst = get_fat(dj->fs, clst);				/* Get next cluster */ +			if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) return FR_DISK_ERR;	/* Disk error */ +			if (clst < 2 || clst >= dj->fs->n_fatent)	/* Reached to end of table or int error */ +				return FR_INT_ERR; +			idx -= ic; +		} +		dj->clust = clst; +		dj->sect = clust2sect(dj->fs, clst) + idx / (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR);	/* Sector# */ +	} + +	dj->dir = dj->fs->win + (idx % (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR)) * SZ_DIR;	/* Ptr to the entry in the sector */ + +	return FR_OK;	/* Seek succeeded */ +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Directory handling - Move directory table index next                  */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static +FRESULT dir_next (	/* FR_OK:Succeeded, FR_NO_FILE:End of table, FR_DENIED:EOT and could not stretch */ +	DIR *dj,		/* Pointer to directory object */ +	int stretch		/* 0: Do not stretch table, 1: Stretch table if needed */ +) +{ +	DWORD clst; +	WORD i; + + +	stretch = stretch;		/* To suppress warning on read-only cfg. */ +	i = dj->index + 1; +	if (!i || !dj->sect)	/* Report EOT when index has reached 65535 */ +		return FR_NO_FILE; + +	if (!(i % (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR))) {	/* Sector changed? */ +		dj->sect++;					/* Next sector */ + +		if (dj->clust == 0) {	/* Static table */ +			if (i >= dj->fs->n_rootdir)	/* Report EOT when end of table */ +				return FR_NO_FILE; +		} +		else {					/* Dynamic table */ +			if (((i / (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR)) & (dj->fs->csize - 1)) == 0) {	/* Cluster changed? */ +				clst = get_fat(dj->fs, dj->clust);				/* Get next cluster */ +				if (clst <= 1) return FR_INT_ERR; +				if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) return FR_DISK_ERR; +				if (clst >= dj->fs->n_fatent) {					/* When it reached end of dynamic table */ +#if !_FS_READONLY +					BYTE c; +					if (!stretch) return FR_NO_FILE;			/* When do not stretch, report EOT */ +					clst = create_chain(dj->fs, dj->clust);		/* Stretch cluster chain */ +					if (clst == 0) return FR_DENIED;			/* No free cluster */ +					if (clst == 1) return FR_INT_ERR; +					if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) return FR_DISK_ERR; +					/* Clean-up stretched table */ +					if (move_window(dj->fs, 0)) return FR_DISK_ERR;	/* Flush active window */ +					mem_set(dj->fs->win, 0, SS(dj->fs));			/* Clear window buffer */ +					dj->fs->winsect = clust2sect(dj->fs, clst);	/* Cluster start sector */ +					for (c = 0; c < dj->fs->csize; c++) {		/* Fill the new cluster with 0 */ +						dj->fs->wflag = 1; +						if (move_window(dj->fs, 0)) return FR_DISK_ERR; +						dj->fs->winsect++; +					} +					dj->fs->winsect -= c;						/* Rewind window address */ +#else +					return FR_NO_FILE;			/* Report EOT */ +#endif +				} +				dj->clust = clst;				/* Initialize data for new cluster */ +				dj->sect = clust2sect(dj->fs, clst); +			} +		} +	} + +	dj->index = i; +	dj->dir = dj->fs->win + (i % (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR)) * SZ_DIR; + +	return FR_OK; +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Directory handling - Load/Store start cluster number                  */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static +DWORD ld_clust ( +	FATFS *fs,	/* Pointer to the fs object */ +	BYTE *dir	/* Pointer to the directory entry */ +) +{ +	DWORD cl; + +	cl = LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO); +	if (fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32) +		cl |= (DWORD)LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI) << 16; + +	return cl; +} + + +#if !_FS_READONLY +static +void st_clust ( +	BYTE *dir,	/* Pointer to the directory entry */ +	DWORD cl	/* Value to be set */ +) +{ +	ST_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO, cl); +	ST_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI, cl >> 16); +} +#endif + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* LFN handling - Test/Pick/Fit an LFN segment from/to directory entry   */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if _USE_LFN +static +const BYTE LfnOfs[] = {1,3,5,7,9,14,16,18,20,22,24,28,30};	/* Offset of LFN chars in the directory entry */ + + +static +int cmp_lfn (			/* 1:Matched, 0:Not matched */ +	WCHAR *lfnbuf,		/* Pointer to the LFN to be compared */ +	BYTE *dir			/* Pointer to the directory entry containing a part of LFN */ +) +{ +	UINT i, s; +	WCHAR wc, uc; + + +	i = ((dir[LDIR_Ord] & ~LLE) - 1) * 13;	/* Get offset in the LFN buffer */ +	s = 0; wc = 1; +	do { +		uc = LD_WORD(dir+LfnOfs[s]);	/* Pick an LFN character from the entry */ +		if (wc) {	/* Last char has not been processed */ +			wc = ff_wtoupper(uc);		/* Convert it to upper case */ +			if (i >= _MAX_LFN || wc != ff_wtoupper(lfnbuf[i++]))	/* Compare it */ +				return 0;				/* Not matched */ +		} else { +			if (uc != 0xFFFF) return 0;	/* Check filler */ +		} +	} while (++s < 13);				/* Repeat until all chars in the entry are checked */ + +	if ((dir[LDIR_Ord] & LLE) && wc && lfnbuf[i])	/* Last segment matched but different length */ +		return 0; + +	return 1;						/* The part of LFN matched */ +} + + + +static +int pick_lfn (			/* 1:Succeeded, 0:Buffer overflow */ +	WCHAR *lfnbuf,		/* Pointer to the Unicode-LFN buffer */ +	BYTE *dir			/* Pointer to the directory entry */ +) +{ +	UINT i, s; +	WCHAR wc, uc; + + +	i = ((dir[LDIR_Ord] & 0x3F) - 1) * 13;	/* Offset in the LFN buffer */ + +	s = 0; wc = 1; +	do { +		uc = LD_WORD(dir+LfnOfs[s]);		/* Pick an LFN character from the entry */ +		if (wc) {	/* Last char has not been processed */ +			if (i >= _MAX_LFN) return 0;	/* Buffer overflow? */ +			lfnbuf[i++] = wc = uc;			/* Store it */ +		} else { +			if (uc != 0xFFFF) return 0;		/* Check filler */ +		} +	} while (++s < 13);						/* Read all character in the entry */ + +	if (dir[LDIR_Ord] & LLE) {				/* Put terminator if it is the last LFN part */ +		if (i >= _MAX_LFN) return 0;		/* Buffer overflow? */ +		lfnbuf[i] = 0; +	} + +	return 1; +} + + +#if !_FS_READONLY +static +void fit_lfn ( +	const WCHAR *lfnbuf,	/* Pointer to the LFN buffer */ +	BYTE *dir,				/* Pointer to the directory entry */ +	BYTE ord,				/* LFN order (1-20) */ +	BYTE sum				/* SFN sum */ +) +{ +	UINT i, s; +	WCHAR wc; + + +	dir[LDIR_Chksum] = sum;			/* Set check sum */ +	dir[LDIR_Attr] = AM_LFN;		/* Set attribute. LFN entry */ +	dir[LDIR_Type] = 0; +	ST_WORD(dir+LDIR_FstClusLO, 0); + +	i = (ord - 1) * 13;				/* Get offset in the LFN buffer */ +	s = wc = 0; +	do { +		if (wc != 0xFFFF) wc = lfnbuf[i++];	/* Get an effective char */ +		ST_WORD(dir+LfnOfs[s], wc);	/* Put it */ +		if (!wc) wc = 0xFFFF;		/* Padding chars following last char */ +	} while (++s < 13); +	if (wc == 0xFFFF || !lfnbuf[i]) ord |= LLE;	/* Bottom LFN part is the start of LFN sequence */ +	dir[LDIR_Ord] = ord;			/* Set the LFN order */ +} + +#endif +#endif + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Create numbered name                                                  */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if _USE_LFN +void gen_numname ( +	BYTE *dst,			/* Pointer to generated SFN */ +	const BYTE *src,	/* Pointer to source SFN to be modified */ +	const WCHAR *lfn,	/* Pointer to LFN */ +	WORD seq			/* Sequence number */ +) +{ +	BYTE ns[8], c; +	UINT i, j; + + +	mem_cpy(dst, src, 11); + +	if (seq > 5) {	/* On many collisions, generate a hash number instead of sequential number */ +		do seq = (seq >> 1) + (seq << 15) + (WORD)*lfn++; while (*lfn); +	} + +	/* itoa (hexdecimal) */ +	i = 7; +	do { +		c = (seq % 16) + '0'; +		if (c > '9') c += 7; +		ns[i--] = c; +		seq /= 16; +	} while (seq); +	ns[i] = '~'; + +	/* Append the number */ +	for (j = 0; j < i && dst[j] != ' '; j++) { +		if (IsDBCS1(dst[j])) { +			if (j == i - 1) break; +			j++; +		} +	} +	do { +		dst[j++] = (i < 8) ? ns[i++] : ' '; +	} while (j < 8); +} +#endif + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Calculate sum of an SFN                                               */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if _USE_LFN +static +BYTE sum_sfn ( +	const BYTE *dir		/* Ptr to directory entry */ +) +{ +	BYTE sum = 0; +	UINT n = 11; + +	do sum = (sum >> 1) + (sum << 7) + *dir++; while (--n); +	return sum; +} +#endif + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Directory handling - Find an object in the directory                  */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static +FRESULT dir_find ( +	DIR *dj			/* Pointer to the directory object linked to the file name */ +) +{ +	FRESULT res; +	BYTE c, *dir; +#if _USE_LFN +	BYTE a, ord, sum; +#endif + +	res = dir_sdi(dj, 0);			/* Rewind directory object */ +	if (res != FR_OK) return res; + +#if _USE_LFN +	ord = sum = 0xFF; +#endif +	do { +		res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); +		if (res != FR_OK) break; +		dir = dj->dir;					/* Ptr to the directory entry of current index */ +		c = dir[DIR_Name]; +		if (c == 0) { res = FR_NO_FILE; break; }	/* Reached to end of table */ +#if _USE_LFN	/* LFN configuration */ +		a = dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_MASK; +		if (c == DDE || ((a & AM_VOL) && a != AM_LFN)) {	/* An entry without valid data */ +			ord = 0xFF; +		} else { +			if (a == AM_LFN) {			/* An LFN entry is found */ +				if (dj->lfn) { +					if (c & LLE) {		/* Is it start of LFN sequence? */ +						sum = dir[LDIR_Chksum]; +						c &= ~LLE; ord = c;	/* LFN start order */ +						dj->lfn_idx = dj->index; +					} +					/* Check validity of the LFN entry and compare it with given name */ +					ord = (c == ord && sum == dir[LDIR_Chksum] && cmp_lfn(dj->lfn, dir)) ? ord - 1 : 0xFF; +				} +			} else {					/* An SFN entry is found */ +				if (!ord && sum == sum_sfn(dir)) break;	/* LFN matched? */ +				ord = 0xFF; dj->lfn_idx = 0xFFFF;	/* Reset LFN sequence */ +				if (!(dj->fn[NS] & NS_LOSS) && !mem_cmp(dir, dj->fn, 11)) break;	/* SFN matched? */ +			} +		} +#else		/* Non LFN configuration */ +		if (!(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_VOL) && !mem_cmp(dir, dj->fn, 11)) /* Is it a valid entry? */ +			break; +#endif +		res = dir_next(dj, 0);		/* Next entry */ +	} while (res == FR_OK); + +	return res; +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Read an object from the directory                                     */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 +static +FRESULT dir_read ( +	DIR *dj			/* Pointer to the directory object that pointing the entry to be read */ +) +{ +	FRESULT res; +	BYTE c, *dir; +#if _USE_LFN +	BYTE a, ord = 0xFF, sum = 0xFF; +#endif + +	res = FR_NO_FILE; +	while (dj->sect) { +		res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); +		if (res != FR_OK) break; +		dir = dj->dir;					/* Ptr to the directory entry of current index */ +		c = dir[DIR_Name]; +		if (c == 0) { res = FR_NO_FILE; break; }	/* Reached to end of table */ +#if _USE_LFN	/* LFN configuration */ +		a = dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_MASK; +		if (c == DDE || (!_FS_RPATH && c == '.') || ((a & AM_VOL) && a != AM_LFN)) {	/* An entry without valid data */ +			ord = 0xFF; +		} else { +			if (a == AM_LFN) {			/* An LFN entry is found */ +				if (c & LLE) {			/* Is it start of LFN sequence? */ +					sum = dir[LDIR_Chksum]; +					c &= ~LLE; ord = c; +					dj->lfn_idx = dj->index; +				} +				/* Check LFN validity and capture it */ +				ord = (c == ord && sum == dir[LDIR_Chksum] && pick_lfn(dj->lfn, dir)) ? ord - 1 : 0xFF; +			} else {					/* An SFN entry is found */ +				if (ord || sum != sum_sfn(dir))	/* Is there a valid LFN? */ +					dj->lfn_idx = 0xFFFF;		/* It has no LFN. */ +				break; +			} +		} +#else		/* Non LFN configuration */ +		if (c != DDE && (_FS_RPATH || c != '.') && !(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_VOL))	/* Is it a valid entry? */ +			break; +#endif +		res = dir_next(dj, 0);				/* Next entry */ +		if (res != FR_OK) break; +	} + +	if (res != FR_OK) dj->sect = 0; + +	return res; +} +#endif + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Register an object to the directory                                   */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if !_FS_READONLY +static +FRESULT dir_register (	/* FR_OK:Successful, FR_DENIED:No free entry or too many SFN collision, FR_DISK_ERR:Disk error */ +	DIR *dj				/* Target directory with object name to be created */ +) +{ +	FRESULT res; +	BYTE c, *dir; +#if _USE_LFN	/* LFN configuration */ +	WORD n, ne, is; +	BYTE sn[12], *fn, sum; +	WCHAR *lfn; + + +	fn = dj->fn; lfn = dj->lfn; +	mem_cpy(sn, fn, 12); + +	if (_FS_RPATH && (sn[NS] & NS_DOT))		/* Cannot create dot entry */ +		return FR_INVALID_NAME; + +	if (sn[NS] & NS_LOSS) {			/* When LFN is out of 8.3 format, generate a numbered name */ +		fn[NS] = 0; dj->lfn = 0;			/* Find only SFN */ +		for (n = 1; n < 100; n++) { +			gen_numname(fn, sn, lfn, n);	/* Generate a numbered name */ +			res = dir_find(dj);				/* Check if the name collides with existing SFN */ +			if (res != FR_OK) break; +		} +		if (n == 100) return FR_DENIED;		/* Abort if too many collisions */ +		if (res != FR_NO_FILE) return res;	/* Abort if the result is other than 'not collided' */ +		fn[NS] = sn[NS]; dj->lfn = lfn; +	} + +	if (sn[NS] & NS_LFN) {			/* When LFN is to be created, reserve an SFN + LFN entries. */ +		for (ne = 0; lfn[ne]; ne++) ; +		ne = (ne + 25) / 13; +	} else {						/* Otherwise reserve only an SFN entry. */ +		ne = 1; +	} + +	/* Reserve contiguous entries */ +	res = dir_sdi(dj, 0); +	if (res != FR_OK) return res; +	n = is = 0; +	do { +		res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); +		if (res != FR_OK) break; +		c = *dj->dir;				/* Check the entry status */ +		if (c == DDE || c == 0) {	/* Is it a blank entry? */ +			if (n == 0) is = dj->index;	/* First index of the contiguous entry */ +			if (++n == ne) break;	/* A contiguous entry that required count is found */ +		} else { +			n = 0;					/* Not a blank entry. Restart to search */ +		} +		res = dir_next(dj, 1);		/* Next entry with table stretch */ +	} while (res == FR_OK); + +	if (res == FR_OK && ne > 1) {	/* Initialize LFN entry if needed */ +		res = dir_sdi(dj, is); +		if (res == FR_OK) { +			sum = sum_sfn(dj->fn);	/* Sum of the SFN tied to the LFN */ +			ne--; +			do {					/* Store LFN entries in bottom first */ +				res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); +				if (res != FR_OK) break; +				fit_lfn(dj->lfn, dj->dir, (BYTE)ne, sum); +				dj->fs->wflag = 1; +				res = dir_next(dj, 0);	/* Next entry */ +			} while (res == FR_OK && --ne); +		} +	} + +#else	/* Non LFN configuration */ +	res = dir_sdi(dj, 0); +	if (res == FR_OK) { +		do {	/* Find a blank entry for the SFN */ +			res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); +			if (res != FR_OK) break; +			c = *dj->dir; +			if (c == DDE || c == 0) break;	/* Is it a blank entry? */ +			res = dir_next(dj, 1);			/* Next entry with table stretch */ +		} while (res == FR_OK); +	} +#endif + +	if (res == FR_OK) {		/* Initialize the SFN entry */ +		res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); +		if (res == FR_OK) { +			dir = dj->dir; +			mem_set(dir, 0, SZ_DIR);	/* Clean the entry */ +			mem_cpy(dir, dj->fn, 11);	/* Put SFN */ +#if _USE_LFN +			dir[DIR_NTres] = *(dj->fn+NS) & (NS_BODY | NS_EXT);	/* Put NT flag */ +#endif +			dj->fs->wflag = 1; +		} +	} + +	return res; +} +#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */ + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Remove an object from the directory                                   */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if !_FS_READONLY && !_FS_MINIMIZE +static +FRESULT dir_remove (	/* FR_OK: Successful, FR_DISK_ERR: A disk error */ +	DIR *dj				/* Directory object pointing the entry to be removed */ +) +{ +	FRESULT res; +#if _USE_LFN	/* LFN configuration */ +	WORD i; + +	i = dj->index;	/* SFN index */ +	res = dir_sdi(dj, (WORD)((dj->lfn_idx == 0xFFFF) ? i : dj->lfn_idx));	/* Goto the SFN or top of the LFN entries */ +	if (res == FR_OK) { +		do { +			res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); +			if (res != FR_OK) break; +			*dj->dir = DDE;			/* Mark the entry "deleted" */ +			dj->fs->wflag = 1; +			if (dj->index >= i) break;	/* When reached SFN, all entries of the object has been deleted. */ +			res = dir_next(dj, 0);		/* Next entry */ +		} while (res == FR_OK); +		if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_INT_ERR; +	} + +#else			/* Non LFN configuration */ +	res = dir_sdi(dj, dj->index); +	if (res == FR_OK) { +		res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); +		if (res == FR_OK) { +			*dj->dir = DDE;			/* Mark the entry "deleted" */ +			dj->fs->wflag = 1; +		} +	} +#endif + +	return res; +} +#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */ + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Pick a segment and create the object name in directory form           */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static +FRESULT create_name ( +	DIR *dj,			/* Pointer to the directory object */ +	const TCHAR **path	/* Pointer to pointer to the segment in the path string */ +) +{ +#ifdef _EXCVT +	static const BYTE excvt[] = _EXCVT;	/* Upper conversion table for extended chars */ +#endif + +#if _USE_LFN	/* LFN configuration */ +	BYTE b, cf; +	WCHAR w, *lfn; +	UINT i, ni, si, di; +	const TCHAR *p; + +	/* Create LFN in Unicode */ +	for (p = *path; *p == '/' || *p == '\\'; p++) ;	/* Strip duplicated separator */ +	lfn = dj->lfn; +	si = di = 0; +	for (;;) { +		w = p[si++];					/* Get a character */ +		if (w < ' ' || w == '/' || w == '\\') break;	/* Break on end of segment */ +		if (di >= _MAX_LFN)				/* Reject too long name */ +			return FR_INVALID_NAME; +#if !_LFN_UNICODE +		w &= 0xFF; +		if (IsDBCS1(w)) {				/* Check if it is a DBC 1st byte (always false on SBCS cfg) */ +			b = (BYTE)p[si++];			/* Get 2nd byte */ +			if (!IsDBCS2(b)) +				return FR_INVALID_NAME;	/* Reject invalid sequence */ +			w = (w << 8) + b;			/* Create a DBC */ +		} +		w = ff_convert(w, 1);			/* Convert ANSI/OEM to Unicode */ +		if (!w) return FR_INVALID_NAME;	/* Reject invalid code */ +#endif +		if (w < 0x80 && chk_chr("\"*:<>\?|\x7F", w)) /* Reject illegal chars for LFN */ +			return FR_INVALID_NAME; +		lfn[di++] = w;					/* Store the Unicode char */ +	} +	*path = &p[si];						/* Return pointer to the next segment */ +	cf = (w < ' ') ? NS_LAST : 0;		/* Set last segment flag if end of path */ +#if _FS_RPATH +	if ((di == 1 && lfn[di-1] == '.') || /* Is this a dot entry? */ +		(di == 2 && lfn[di-1] == '.' && lfn[di-2] == '.')) { +		lfn[di] = 0; +		for (i = 0; i < 11; i++) +			dj->fn[i] = (i < di) ? '.' : ' '; +		dj->fn[i] = cf | NS_DOT;		/* This is a dot entry */ +		return FR_OK; +	} +#endif +	while (di) {						/* Strip trailing spaces and dots */ +		w = lfn[di-1]; +		if (w != ' ' && w != '.') break; +		di--; +	} +	if (!di) return FR_INVALID_NAME;	/* Reject nul string */ + +	lfn[di] = 0;						/* LFN is created */ + +	/* Create SFN in directory form */ +	mem_set(dj->fn, ' ', 11); +	for (si = 0; lfn[si] == ' ' || lfn[si] == '.'; si++) ;	/* Strip leading spaces and dots */ +	if (si) cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; +	while (di && lfn[di - 1] != '.') di--;	/* Find extension (di<=si: no extension) */ + +	b = i = 0; ni = 8; +	for (;;) { +		w = lfn[si++];					/* Get an LFN char */ +		if (!w) break;					/* Break on end of the LFN */ +		if (w == ' ' || (w == '.' && si != di)) {	/* Remove spaces and dots */ +			cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; continue; +		} + +		if (i >= ni || si == di) {		/* Extension or end of SFN */ +			if (ni == 11) {				/* Long extension */ +				cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; break; +			} +			if (si != di) cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN;	/* Out of 8.3 format */ +			if (si > di) break;			/* No extension */ +			si = di; i = 8; ni = 11;	/* Enter extension section */ +			b <<= 2; continue; +		} + +		if (w >= 0x80) {				/* Non ASCII char */ +#ifdef _EXCVT +			w = ff_convert(w, 0);		/* Unicode -> OEM code */ +			if (w) w = excvt[w - 0x80];	/* Convert extended char to upper (SBCS) */ +#else +			w = ff_convert(ff_wtoupper(w), 0);	/* Upper converted Unicode -> OEM code */ +#endif +			cf |= NS_LFN;				/* Force create LFN entry */ +		} + +		if (_DF1S && w >= 0x100) {		/* Double byte char (always false on SBCS cfg) */ +			if (i >= ni - 1) { +				cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; i = ni; continue; +			} +			dj->fn[i++] = (BYTE)(w >> 8); +		} else {						/* Single byte char */ +			if (!w || chk_chr("+,;=[]", w)) {	/* Replace illegal chars for SFN */ +				w = '_'; cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN;/* Lossy conversion */ +			} else { +				if (IsUpper(w)) {		/* ASCII large capital */ +					b |= 2; +				} else { +					if (IsLower(w)) {	/* ASCII small capital */ +						b |= 1; w -= 0x20; +					} +				} +			} +		} +		dj->fn[i++] = (BYTE)w; +	} + +	if (dj->fn[0] == DDE) dj->fn[0] = NDDE;	/* If the first char collides with deleted mark, replace it with 0x05 */ + +	if (ni == 8) b <<= 2; +	if ((b & 0x0C) == 0x0C || (b & 0x03) == 0x03)	/* Create LFN entry when there are composite capitals */ +		cf |= NS_LFN; +	if (!(cf & NS_LFN)) {						/* When LFN is in 8.3 format without extended char, NT flags are created */ +		if ((b & 0x03) == 0x01) cf |= NS_EXT;	/* NT flag (Extension has only small capital) */ +		if ((b & 0x0C) == 0x04) cf |= NS_BODY;	/* NT flag (Filename has only small capital) */ +	} + +	dj->fn[NS] = cf;	/* SFN is created */ + +	return FR_OK; + + +#else	/* Non-LFN configuration */ +	BYTE b, c, d, *sfn; +	UINT ni, si, i; +	const char *p; + +	/* Create file name in directory form */ +	for (p = *path; *p == '/' || *p == '\\'; p++) ;	/* Strip duplicated separator */ +	sfn = dj->fn; +	mem_set(sfn, ' ', 11); +	si = i = b = 0; ni = 8; +#if _FS_RPATH +	if (p[si] == '.') { /* Is this a dot entry? */ +		for (;;) { +			c = (BYTE)p[si++]; +			if (c != '.' || si >= 3) break; +			sfn[i++] = c; +		} +		if (c != '/' && c != '\\' && c > ' ') return FR_INVALID_NAME; +		*path = &p[si];									/* Return pointer to the next segment */ +		sfn[NS] = (c <= ' ') ? NS_LAST | NS_DOT : NS_DOT;	/* Set last segment flag if end of path */ +		return FR_OK; +	} +#endif +	for (;;) { +		c = (BYTE)p[si++]; +		if (c <= ' ' || c == '/' || c == '\\') break;	/* Break on end of segment */ +		if (c == '.' || i >= ni) { +			if (ni != 8 || c != '.') return FR_INVALID_NAME; +			i = 8; ni = 11; +			b <<= 2; continue; +		} +		if (c >= 0x80) {				/* Extended char? */ +			b |= 3;						/* Eliminate NT flag */ +#ifdef _EXCVT +			c = excvt[c - 0x80];		/* Upper conversion (SBCS) */ +#else +#if !_DF1S	/* ASCII only cfg */ +			return FR_INVALID_NAME; +#endif +#endif +		} +		if (IsDBCS1(c)) {				/* Check if it is a DBC 1st byte (always false on SBCS cfg) */ +			d = (BYTE)p[si++];			/* Get 2nd byte */ +			if (!IsDBCS2(d) || i >= ni - 1)	/* Reject invalid DBC */ +				return FR_INVALID_NAME; +			sfn[i++] = c; +			sfn[i++] = d; +		} else {						/* Single byte code */ +			if (chk_chr("\"*+,:;<=>\?[]|\x7F", c))	/* Reject illegal chrs for SFN */ +				return FR_INVALID_NAME; +			if (IsUpper(c)) {			/* ASCII large capital? */ +				b |= 2; +			} else { +				if (IsLower(c)) {		/* ASCII small capital? */ +					b |= 1; c -= 0x20; +				} +			} +			sfn[i++] = c; +		} +	} +	*path = &p[si];						/* Return pointer to the next segment */ +	c = (c <= ' ') ? NS_LAST : 0;		/* Set last segment flag if end of path */ + +	if (!i) return FR_INVALID_NAME;		/* Reject nul string */ +	if (sfn[0] == DDE) sfn[0] = NDDE;	/* When first char collides with DDE, replace it with 0x05 */ + +	if (ni == 8) b <<= 2; +	if ((b & 0x03) == 0x01) c |= NS_EXT;	/* NT flag (Name extension has only small capital) */ +	if ((b & 0x0C) == 0x04) c |= NS_BODY;	/* NT flag (Name body has only small capital) */ + +	sfn[NS] = c;		/* Store NT flag, File name is created */ + +	return FR_OK; +#endif +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Get file information from directory entry                             */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 +static +void get_fileinfo (		/* No return code */ +	DIR *dj,			/* Pointer to the directory object */ +	FILINFO *fno	 	/* Pointer to the file information to be filled */ +) +{ +	UINT i; +	BYTE nt, *dir; +	TCHAR *p, c; + + +	p = fno->fname; +	if (dj->sect) { +		dir = dj->dir; +		nt = dir[DIR_NTres];		/* NT flag */ +		for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) {	/* Copy name body */ +			c = dir[i]; +			if (c == ' ') break; +			if (c == NDDE) c = (TCHAR)DDE; +			if (_USE_LFN && (nt & NS_BODY) && IsUpper(c)) c += 0x20; +#if _LFN_UNICODE +			if (IsDBCS1(c) && i < 7 && IsDBCS2(dir[i+1])) +				c = (c << 8) | dir[++i]; +			c = ff_convert(c, 1); +			if (!c) c = '?'; +#endif +			*p++ = c; +		} +		if (dir[8] != ' ') {		/* Copy name extension */ +			*p++ = '.'; +			for (i = 8; i < 11; i++) { +				c = dir[i]; +				if (c == ' ') break; +				if (_USE_LFN && (nt & NS_EXT) && IsUpper(c)) c += 0x20; +#if _LFN_UNICODE +				if (IsDBCS1(c) && i < 10 && IsDBCS2(dir[i+1])) +					c = (c << 8) | dir[++i]; +				c = ff_convert(c, 1); +				if (!c) c = '?'; +#endif +				*p++ = c; +			} +		} +		fno->fattrib = dir[DIR_Attr];				/* Attribute */ +		fno->fsize = LD_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize);	/* Size */ +		fno->fdate = LD_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtDate);		/* Date */ +		fno->ftime = LD_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime);		/* Time */ +	} +	*p = 0;		/* Terminate SFN str by a \0 */ + +#if _USE_LFN +	if (fno->lfname && fno->lfsize) { +		TCHAR *tp = fno->lfname; +		WCHAR w, *lfn; + +		i = 0; +		if (dj->sect && dj->lfn_idx != 0xFFFF) {/* Get LFN if available */ +			lfn = dj->lfn; +			while ((w = *lfn++) != 0) {			/* Get an LFN char */ +#if !_LFN_UNICODE +				w = ff_convert(w, 0);			/* Unicode -> OEM conversion */ +				if (!w) { i = 0; break; }		/* Could not convert, no LFN */ +				if (_DF1S && w >= 0x100)		/* Put 1st byte if it is a DBC (always false on SBCS cfg) */ +					tp[i++] = (TCHAR)(w >> 8); +#endif +				if (i >= fno->lfsize - 1) { i = 0; break; }	/* Buffer overflow, no LFN */ +				tp[i++] = (TCHAR)w; +			} +		} +		tp[i] = 0;	/* Terminate the LFN str by a \0 */ +	} +#endif +} +#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 */ + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Follow a file path                                                    */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static +FRESULT follow_path (	/* FR_OK(0): successful, !=0: error code */ +	DIR *dj,			/* Directory object to return last directory and found object */ +	const TCHAR *path	/* Full-path string to find a file or directory */ +) +{ +	FRESULT res; +	BYTE *dir, ns; + + +#if _FS_RPATH +	if (*path == '/' || *path == '\\') { /* There is a heading separator */ +		path++;	dj->sclust = 0;		/* Strip it and start from the root dir */ +	} else {							/* No heading separator */ +		dj->sclust = dj->fs->cdir;	/* Start from the current dir */ +	} +#else +	if (*path == '/' || *path == '\\')	/* Strip heading separator if exist */ +		path++; +	dj->sclust = 0;						/* Start from the root dir */ +#endif + +	if ((UINT)*path < ' ') {			/* Nul path means the start directory itself */ +		res = dir_sdi(dj, 0); +		dj->dir = 0; +	} else {							/* Follow path */ +		for (;;) { +			res = create_name(dj, &path);	/* Get a segment */ +			if (res != FR_OK) break; +			res = dir_find(dj);				/* Find it */ +			ns = *(dj->fn+NS); +			if (res != FR_OK) {				/* Failed to find the object */ +				if (res != FR_NO_FILE) break;	/* Abort if any hard error occurred */ +				/* Object not found */ +				if (_FS_RPATH && (ns & NS_DOT)) {	/* If dot entry is not exit */ +					dj->sclust = 0; dj->dir = 0;	/* It is the root dir */ +					res = FR_OK; +					if (!(ns & NS_LAST)) continue; +				} else {							/* Could not find the object */ +					if (!(ns & NS_LAST)) res = FR_NO_PATH; +				} +				break; +			} +			if (ns & NS_LAST) break;			/* Last segment match. Function completed. */ +			dir = dj->dir;						/* There is next segment. Follow the sub directory */ +			if (!(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)) {	/* Cannot follow because it is a file */ +				res = FR_NO_PATH; break; +			} +			dj->sclust = ld_clust(dj->fs, dir); +		} +	} + +	return res; +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Load a sector and check if it is an FAT Volume Boot Record            */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static +BYTE check_fs (	/* 0:FAT-VBR, 1:Any BR but not FAT, 2:Not a BR, 3:Disk error */ +	FATFS *fs,	/* File system object */ +	DWORD sect	/* Sector# (lba) to check if it is an FAT boot record or not */ +) +{ +	if (disk_read(fs->drv, fs->win, sect, 1) != RES_OK)	/* Load boot record */ +		return 3; +	if (LD_WORD(&fs->win[BS_55AA]) != 0xAA55)		/* Check record signature (always placed at offset 510 even if the sector size is >512) */ +		return 2; + +	if ((LD_DWORD(&fs->win[BS_FilSysType]) & 0xFFFFFF) == 0x544146)	/* Check "FAT" string */ +		return 0; +	if ((LD_DWORD(&fs->win[BS_FilSysType32]) & 0xFFFFFF) == 0x544146) +		return 0; + +	return 1; +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Check if the file system object is valid or not                       */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static +FRESULT chk_mounted (	/* FR_OK(0): successful, !=0: any error occurred */ +	const TCHAR **path,	/* Pointer to pointer to the path name (drive number) */ +	FATFS **rfs,		/* Pointer to pointer to the found file system object */ +	BYTE wmode			/* !=0: Check write protection for write access */ +) +{ +	BYTE fmt, b, pi, *tbl; +	UINT vol; +	DSTATUS stat; +	DWORD bsect, fasize, tsect, sysect, nclst, szbfat; +	WORD nrsv; +	const TCHAR *p = *path; +	FATFS *fs; + + +	/* Get logical drive number from the path name */ +	vol = p[0] - '0';					/* Is there a drive number? */ +	if (vol <= 9 && p[1] == ':') {		/* Found a drive number, get and strip it */ +		p += 2; *path = p;				/* Return pointer to the path name */ +	} else {							/* No drive number is given */ +#if _FS_RPATH +		vol = CurrVol;					/* Use current drive */ +#else +		vol = 0;						/* Use drive 0 */ +#endif +	} + +	/* Check if the file system object is valid or not */ +	*rfs = 0; +	if (vol >= _VOLUMES) 				/* Is the drive number valid? */ +		return FR_INVALID_DRIVE; +	fs = FatFs[vol];					/* Get corresponding file system object */ +	if (!fs) return FR_NOT_ENABLED;		/* Is the file system object available? */ + +	ENTER_FF(fs);						/* Lock file system */ + +	*rfs = fs;							/* Return pointer to the corresponding file system object */ +	if (fs->fs_type) {					/* If the volume has been mounted */ +		stat = disk_status(fs->drv); +		if (!(stat & STA_NOINIT)) {		/* and the physical drive is kept initialized (has not been changed), */ +			if (!_FS_READONLY && wmode && (stat & STA_PROTECT))	/* Check write protection if needed */ +				return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED; +			return FR_OK;				/* The file system object is valid */ +		} +	} + +	/* The file system object is not valid. */ +	/* Following code attempts to mount the volume. (analyze BPB and initialize the fs object) */ + +	fs->fs_type = 0;					/* Clear the file system object */ +	fs->drv = LD2PD(vol);				/* Bind the logical drive and a physical drive */ +	stat = disk_initialize(fs->drv);	/* Initialize the physical drive */ +	if (stat & STA_NOINIT)				/* Check if the initialization succeeded */ +		return FR_NOT_READY;			/* Failed to initialize due to no medium or hard error */ +	if (!_FS_READONLY && wmode && (stat & STA_PROTECT))	/* Check disk write protection if needed */ +		return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED; +#if _MAX_SS != 512						/* Get disk sector size (variable sector size cfg only) */ +	if (disk_ioctl(fs->drv, GET_SECTOR_SIZE, &fs->ssize) != RES_OK) +		return FR_DISK_ERR; +#endif +	/* Search FAT partition on the drive. Supports only generic partitions, FDISK and SFD. */ +	fmt = check_fs(fs, bsect = 0);		/* Load sector 0 and check if it is an FAT-VBR (in SFD) */ +	if (LD2PT(vol) && !fmt) fmt = 1;	/* Force non-SFD if the volume is forced partition */ +	if (fmt == 1) {						/* Not an FAT-VBR, the physical drive can be partitioned */ +		/* Check the partition listed in the partition table */ +		pi = LD2PT(vol); +		if (pi) pi--; +		tbl = &fs->win[MBR_Table + pi * SZ_PTE];/* Partition table */ +		if (tbl[4]) {						/* Is the partition existing? */ +			bsect = LD_DWORD(&tbl[8]);		/* Partition offset in LBA */ +			fmt = check_fs(fs, bsect);		/* Check the partition */ +		} +	} +	if (fmt == 3) return FR_DISK_ERR; +	if (fmt) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;		/* No FAT volume is found */ + +	/* An FAT volume is found. Following code initializes the file system object */ + +	if (LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_BytsPerSec) != SS(fs))		/* (BPB_BytsPerSec must be equal to the physical sector size) */ +		return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; + +	fasize = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_FATSz16);				/* Number of sectors per FAT */ +	if (!fasize) fasize = LD_DWORD(fs->win+BPB_FATSz32); +	fs->fsize = fasize; + +	fs->n_fats = b = fs->win[BPB_NumFATs];				/* Number of FAT copies */ +	if (b != 1 && b != 2) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;		/* (Must be 1 or 2) */ +	fasize *= b;										/* Number of sectors for FAT area */ + +	fs->csize = b = fs->win[BPB_SecPerClus];			/* Number of sectors per cluster */ +	if (!b || (b & (b - 1))) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;	/* (Must be power of 2) */ + +	fs->n_rootdir = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_RootEntCnt);	/* Number of root directory entries */ +	if (fs->n_rootdir % (SS(fs) / SZ_DIR)) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;	/* (BPB_RootEntCnt must be sector aligned) */ + +	tsect = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_TotSec16);				/* Number of sectors on the volume */ +	if (!tsect) tsect = LD_DWORD(fs->win+BPB_TotSec32); + +	nrsv = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_RsvdSecCnt);				/* Number of reserved sectors */ +	if (!nrsv) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;					/* (BPB_RsvdSecCnt must not be 0) */ + +	/* Determine the FAT sub type */ +	sysect = nrsv + fasize + fs->n_rootdir / (SS(fs) / SZ_DIR);	/* RSV+FAT+DIR */ +	if (tsect < sysect) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;		/* (Invalid volume size) */ +	nclst = (tsect - sysect) / fs->csize;				/* Number of clusters */ +	if (!nclst) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;				/* (Invalid volume size) */ +	fmt = FS_FAT12; +	if (nclst >= MIN_FAT16) fmt = FS_FAT16; +	if (nclst >= MIN_FAT32) fmt = FS_FAT32; + +	/* Boundaries and Limits */ +	fs->n_fatent = nclst + 2;							/* Number of FAT entries */ +	fs->database = bsect + sysect;						/* Data start sector */ +	fs->fatbase = bsect + nrsv; 						/* FAT start sector */ +	if (fmt == FS_FAT32) { +		if (fs->n_rootdir) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;		/* (BPB_RootEntCnt must be 0) */ +		fs->dirbase = LD_DWORD(fs->win+BPB_RootClus);	/* Root directory start cluster */ +		szbfat = fs->n_fatent * 4;						/* (Required FAT size) */ +	} else { +		if (!fs->n_rootdir)	return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;	/* (BPB_RootEntCnt must not be 0) */ +		fs->dirbase = fs->fatbase + fasize;				/* Root directory start sector */ +		szbfat = (fmt == FS_FAT16) ?					/* (Required FAT size) */ +			fs->n_fatent * 2 : fs->n_fatent * 3 / 2 + (fs->n_fatent & 1); +	} +	if (fs->fsize < (szbfat + (SS(fs) - 1)) / SS(fs))	/* (BPB_FATSz must not be less than required) */ +		return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; + +#if !_FS_READONLY +	/* Initialize cluster allocation information */ +	fs->free_clust = 0xFFFFFFFF; +	fs->last_clust = 0; + +	/* Get fsinfo if available */ +	if (fmt == FS_FAT32) { +	 	fs->fsi_flag = 0; +		fs->fsi_sector = bsect + LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_FSInfo); +		if (disk_read(fs->drv, fs->win, fs->fsi_sector, 1) == RES_OK && +			LD_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA) == 0xAA55 && +			LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_LeadSig) == 0x41615252 && +			LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_StrucSig) == 0x61417272) { +				fs->last_clust = LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Nxt_Free); +				fs->free_clust = LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Free_Count); +		} +	} +#endif +	fs->fs_type = fmt;		/* FAT sub-type */ +	fs->id = ++Fsid;		/* File system mount ID */ +	fs->winsect = 0;		/* Invalidate sector cache */ +	fs->wflag = 0; +#if _FS_RPATH +	fs->cdir = 0;			/* Current directory (root dir) */ +#endif +#if _FS_LOCK				/* Clear file lock semaphores */ +	clear_lock(fs); +#endif + +	return FR_OK; +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Check if the file/dir object is valid or not                          */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static +FRESULT validate (	/* FR_OK(0): The object is valid, !=0: Invalid */ +	void* obj		/* Pointer to the object FIL/DIR to check validity */ +) +{ +	FIL *fil; + + +	fil = (FIL*)obj;	/* Assuming offset of fs and id in the FIL/DIR is identical */ +	if (!fil->fs || !fil->fs->fs_type || fil->fs->id != fil->id) +		return FR_INVALID_OBJECT; + +	ENTER_FF(fil->fs);		/* Lock file system */ + +	if (disk_status(fil->fs->drv) & STA_NOINIT) +		return FR_NOT_READY; + +	return FR_OK; +} + + + + +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +   Public Functions + +--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Mount/Unmount a Logical Drive                                         */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +FRESULT f_mount ( +	BYTE vol,		/* Logical drive number to be mounted/unmounted */ +	FATFS *fs		/* Pointer to new file system object (NULL for unmount)*/ +) +{ +	FATFS *rfs; + + +	if (vol >= _VOLUMES)		/* Check if the drive number is valid */ +		return FR_INVALID_DRIVE; +	rfs = FatFs[vol];			/* Get current fs object */ + +	if (rfs) { +#if _FS_LOCK +		clear_lock(rfs); +#endif +#if _FS_REENTRANT				/* Discard sync object of the current volume */ +		if (!ff_del_syncobj(rfs->sobj)) return FR_INT_ERR; +#endif +		rfs->fs_type = 0;		/* Clear old fs object */ +	} + +	if (fs) { +		fs->fs_type = 0;		/* Clear new fs object */ +#if _FS_REENTRANT				/* Create sync object for the new volume */ +		if (!ff_cre_syncobj(vol, &fs->sobj)) return FR_INT_ERR; +#endif +	} +	FatFs[vol] = fs;			/* Register new fs object */ + +	return FR_OK; +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Open or Create a File                                                 */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +FRESULT f_open ( +	FIL *fp,			/* Pointer to the blank file object */ +	const TCHAR *path,	/* Pointer to the file name */ +	BYTE mode			/* Access mode and file open mode flags */ +) +{ +	FRESULT res; +	DIR dj; +	BYTE *dir; +	DEF_NAMEBUF; + + +	if (!fp) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT; +	fp->fs = 0;			/* Clear file object */ + +#if !_FS_READONLY +	mode &= FA_READ | FA_WRITE | FA_CREATE_ALWAYS | FA_OPEN_ALWAYS | FA_CREATE_NEW; +	res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, (BYTE)(mode & ~FA_READ)); +#else +	mode &= FA_READ; +	res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 0); +#endif +	if (res == FR_OK) { +		INIT_BUF(dj); +		res = follow_path(&dj, path);	/* Follow the file path */ +		dir = dj.dir; +#if !_FS_READONLY	/* R/W configuration */ +		if (res == FR_OK) { +			if (!dir)	/* Current dir itself */ +				res = FR_INVALID_NAME; +#if _FS_LOCK +			else +				res = chk_lock(&dj, (mode & ~FA_READ) ? 1 : 0); +#endif +		} +		/* Create or Open a file */ +		if (mode & (FA_CREATE_ALWAYS | FA_OPEN_ALWAYS | FA_CREATE_NEW)) { +			DWORD dw, cl; + +			if (res != FR_OK) {					/* No file, create new */ +				if (res == FR_NO_FILE)			/* There is no file to open, create a new entry */ +#if _FS_LOCK +					res = enq_lock() ? dir_register(&dj) : FR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES; +#else +					res = dir_register(&dj); +#endif +				mode |= FA_CREATE_ALWAYS;		/* File is created */ +				dir = dj.dir;					/* New entry */ +			} +			else {								/* Any object is already existing */ +				if (dir[DIR_Attr] & (AM_RDO | AM_DIR)) {	/* Cannot overwrite it (R/O or DIR) */ +					res = FR_DENIED; +				} else { +					if (mode & FA_CREATE_NEW)	/* Cannot create as new file */ +						res = FR_EXIST; +				} +			} +			if (res == FR_OK && (mode & FA_CREATE_ALWAYS)) {	/* Truncate it if overwrite mode */ +				dw = get_fattime();					/* Created time */ +				ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_CrtTime, dw); +				dir[DIR_Attr] = 0;					/* Reset attribute */ +				ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize, 0);		/* size = 0 */ +				cl = ld_clust(dj.fs, dir);			/* Get start cluster */ +				st_clust(dir, 0);					/* cluster = 0 */ +				dj.fs->wflag = 1; +				if (cl) {							/* Remove the cluster chain if exist */ +					dw = dj.fs->winsect; +					res = remove_chain(dj.fs, cl); +					if (res == FR_OK) { +						dj.fs->last_clust = cl - 1;	/* Reuse the cluster hole */ +						res = move_window(dj.fs, dw); +					} +				} +			} +		} +		else {	/* Open an existing file */ +			if (res == FR_OK) {						/* Follow succeeded */ +				if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) {		/* It is a directory */ +					res = FR_NO_FILE; +				} else { +					if ((mode & FA_WRITE) && (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_RDO)) /* R/O violation */ +						res = FR_DENIED; +				} +			} +		} +		if (res == FR_OK) { +			if (mode & FA_CREATE_ALWAYS)			/* Set file change flag if created or overwritten */ +				mode |= FA__WRITTEN; +			fp->dir_sect = dj.fs->winsect;			/* Pointer to the directory entry */ +			fp->dir_ptr = dir; +#if _FS_LOCK +			fp->lockid = inc_lock(&dj, (mode & ~FA_READ) ? 1 : 0); +			if (!fp->lockid) res = FR_INT_ERR; +#endif +		} + +#else				/* R/O configuration */ +		if (res == FR_OK) {					/* Follow succeeded */ +			dir = dj.dir; +			if (!dir) {						/* Current dir itself */ +				res = FR_INVALID_NAME; +			} else { +				if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)	/* It is a directory */ +					res = FR_NO_FILE; +			} +		} +#endif +		FREE_BUF(); + +		if (res == FR_OK) { +			fp->flag = mode;					/* File access mode */ +			fp->sclust = ld_clust(dj.fs, dir);	/* File start cluster */ +			fp->fsize = LD_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize);	/* File size */ +			fp->fptr = 0;						/* File pointer */ +			fp->dsect = 0; +#if _USE_FASTSEEK +			fp->cltbl = 0;						/* Normal seek mode */ +#endif +			fp->fs = dj.fs; fp->id = dj.fs->id;	/* Validate file object */ +		} +	} + +	LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Read File                                                             */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +FRESULT f_read ( +	FIL *fp, 		/* Pointer to the file object */ +	void *buff,		/* Pointer to data buffer */ +	UINT btr,		/* Number of bytes to read */ +	UINT *br		/* Pointer to number of bytes read */ +) +{ +	FRESULT res; +	DWORD clst, sect, remain; +	UINT rcnt, cc; +	BYTE csect, *rbuff = buff; + + +	*br = 0;	/* Clear read byte counter */ + +	res = validate(fp);							/* Check validity */ +	if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res); +	if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR)					/* Aborted file? */ +		LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); +	if (!(fp->flag & FA_READ)) 					/* Check access mode */ +		LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DENIED); +	remain = fp->fsize - fp->fptr; +	if (btr > remain) btr = (UINT)remain;		/* Truncate btr by remaining bytes */ + +	for ( ;  btr;								/* Repeat until all data read */ +		rbuff += rcnt, fp->fptr += rcnt, *br += rcnt, btr -= rcnt) { +		if ((fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)) == 0) {		/* On the sector boundary? */ +			csect = (BYTE)(fp->fptr / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1));	/* Sector offset in the cluster */ +			if (!csect) {						/* On the cluster boundary? */ +				if (fp->fptr == 0) {			/* On the top of the file? */ +					clst = fp->sclust;			/* Follow from the origin */ +				} else {						/* Middle or end of the file */ +#if _USE_FASTSEEK +					if (fp->cltbl) +						clst = clmt_clust(fp, fp->fptr);	/* Get cluster# from the CLMT */ +					else +#endif +						clst = get_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust);	/* Follow cluster chain on the FAT */ +				} +				if (clst < 2) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); +				if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); +				fp->clust = clst;				/* Update current cluster */ +			} +			sect = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust);	/* Get current sector */ +			if (!sect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); +			sect += csect; +			cc = btr / SS(fp->fs);				/* When remaining bytes >= sector size, */ +			if (cc) {							/* Read maximum contiguous sectors directly */ +				if (csect + cc > fp->fs->csize)	/* Clip at cluster boundary */ +					cc = fp->fs->csize - csect; +				if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, rbuff, sect, (BYTE)cc) != RES_OK) +					ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); +#if !_FS_READONLY && _FS_MINIMIZE <= 2			/* Replace one of the read sectors with cached data if it contains a dirty sector */ +#if _FS_TINY +				if (fp->fs->wflag && fp->fs->winsect - sect < cc) +					mem_cpy(rbuff + ((fp->fs->winsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), fp->fs->win, SS(fp->fs)); +#else +				if ((fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) && fp->dsect - sect < cc) +					mem_cpy(rbuff + ((fp->dsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), fp->buf, SS(fp->fs)); +#endif +#endif +				rcnt = SS(fp->fs) * cc;			/* Number of bytes transferred */ +				continue; +			} +#if !_FS_TINY +			if (fp->dsect != sect) {			/* Load data sector if not in cache */ +#if !_FS_READONLY +				if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) {		/* Write-back dirty sector cache */ +					if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK) +						ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); +					fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY; +				} +#endif +				if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, sect, 1) != RES_OK)	/* Fill sector cache */ +					ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); +			} +#endif +			fp->dsect = sect; +		} +		rcnt = SS(fp->fs) - ((UINT)fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs));	/* Get partial sector data from sector buffer */ +		if (rcnt > btr) rcnt = btr; +#if _FS_TINY +		if (move_window(fp->fs, fp->dsect))		/* Move sector window */ +			ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); +		mem_cpy(rbuff, &fp->fs->win[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], rcnt);	/* Pick partial sector */ +#else +		mem_cpy(rbuff, &fp->buf[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], rcnt);	/* Pick partial sector */ +#endif +	} + +	LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_OK); +} + + + + +#if !_FS_READONLY +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Write File                                                            */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +FRESULT f_write ( +	FIL *fp,			/* Pointer to the file object */ +	const void *buff,	/* Pointer to the data to be written */ +	UINT btw,			/* Number of bytes to write */ +	UINT *bw			/* Pointer to number of bytes written */ +) +{ +	FRESULT res; +	DWORD clst, sect; +	UINT wcnt, cc; +	const BYTE *wbuff = buff; +	BYTE csect; + + +	*bw = 0;	/* Clear write byte counter */ + +	res = validate(fp);						/* Check validity */ +	if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res); +	if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR)				/* Aborted file? */ +		LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); +	if (!(fp->flag & FA_WRITE))				/* Check access mode */ +		LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DENIED); +	if ((DWORD)(fp->fsize + btw) < fp->fsize) btw = 0;	/* File size cannot reach 4GB */ + +	for ( ;  btw;							/* Repeat until all data written */ +		wbuff += wcnt, fp->fptr += wcnt, *bw += wcnt, btw -= wcnt) { +		if ((fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)) == 0) {	/* On the sector boundary? */ +			csect = (BYTE)(fp->fptr / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1));	/* Sector offset in the cluster */ +			if (!csect) {					/* On the cluster boundary? */ +				if (fp->fptr == 0) {		/* On the top of the file? */ +					clst = fp->sclust;		/* Follow from the origin */ +					if (clst == 0)			/* When no cluster is allocated, */ +						fp->sclust = clst = create_chain(fp->fs, 0);	/* Create a new cluster chain */ +				} else {					/* Middle or end of the file */ +#if _USE_FASTSEEK +					if (fp->cltbl) +						clst = clmt_clust(fp, fp->fptr);	/* Get cluster# from the CLMT */ +					else +#endif +						clst = create_chain(fp->fs, fp->clust);	/* Follow or stretch cluster chain on the FAT */ +				} +				if (clst == 0) break;		/* Could not allocate a new cluster (disk full) */ +				if (clst == 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); +				if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); +				fp->clust = clst;			/* Update current cluster */ +			} +#if _FS_TINY +			if (fp->fs->winsect == fp->dsect && move_window(fp->fs, 0))	/* Write-back sector cache */ +				ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); +#else +			if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) {		/* Write-back sector cache */ +				if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK) +					ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); +				fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY; +			} +#endif +			sect = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust);	/* Get current sector */ +			if (!sect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); +			sect += csect; +			cc = btw / SS(fp->fs);			/* When remaining bytes >= sector size, */ +			if (cc) {						/* Write maximum contiguous sectors directly */ +				if (csect + cc > fp->fs->csize)	/* Clip at cluster boundary */ +					cc = fp->fs->csize - csect; +				if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, wbuff, sect, (BYTE)cc) != RES_OK) +					ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); +#if _FS_TINY +				if (fp->fs->winsect - sect < cc) {	/* Refill sector cache if it gets invalidated by the direct write */ +					mem_cpy(fp->fs->win, wbuff + ((fp->fs->winsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), SS(fp->fs)); +					fp->fs->wflag = 0; +				} +#else +				if (fp->dsect - sect < cc) { /* Refill sector cache if it gets invalidated by the direct write */ +					mem_cpy(fp->buf, wbuff + ((fp->dsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), SS(fp->fs)); +					fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY; +				} +#endif +				wcnt = SS(fp->fs) * cc;		/* Number of bytes transferred */ +				continue; +			} +#if _FS_TINY +			if (fp->fptr >= fp->fsize) {	/* Avoid silly cache filling at growing edge */ +				if (move_window(fp->fs, 0)) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); +				fp->fs->winsect = sect; +			} +#else +			if (fp->dsect != sect) {		/* Fill sector cache with file data */ +				if (fp->fptr < fp->fsize && +					disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, sect, 1) != RES_OK) +						ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); +			} +#endif +			fp->dsect = sect; +		} +		wcnt = SS(fp->fs) - ((UINT)fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs));/* Put partial sector into file I/O buffer */ +		if (wcnt > btw) wcnt = btw; +#if _FS_TINY +		if (move_window(fp->fs, fp->dsect))	/* Move sector window */ +			ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); +		mem_cpy(&fp->fs->win[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], wbuff, wcnt);	/* Fit partial sector */ +		fp->fs->wflag = 1; +#else +		mem_cpy(&fp->buf[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], wbuff, wcnt);	/* Fit partial sector */ +		fp->flag |= FA__DIRTY; +#endif +	} + +	if (fp->fptr > fp->fsize) fp->fsize = fp->fptr;	/* Update file size if needed */ +	fp->flag |= FA__WRITTEN;						/* Set file change flag */ + +	LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_OK); +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Synchronize the File Object                                           */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +FRESULT f_sync ( +	FIL *fp		/* Pointer to the file object */ +) +{ +	FRESULT res; +	DWORD tim; +	BYTE *dir; + + +	res = validate(fp);					/* Check validity of the object */ +	if (res == FR_OK) { +		if (fp->flag & FA__WRITTEN) {	/* Has the file been written? */ +#if !_FS_TINY	/* Write-back dirty buffer */ +			if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) { +				if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK) +					LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); +				fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY; +			} +#endif +			/* Update the directory entry */ +			res = move_window(fp->fs, fp->dir_sect); +			if (res == FR_OK) { +				dir = fp->dir_ptr; +				dir[DIR_Attr] |= AM_ARC;					/* Set archive bit */ +				ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize, fp->fsize);		/* Update file size */ +				st_clust(dir, fp->sclust);					/* Update start cluster */ +				tim = get_fattime();						/* Update updated time */ +				ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, tim); +				ST_WORD(dir+DIR_LstAccDate, 0); +				fp->flag &= ~FA__WRITTEN; +				fp->fs->wflag = 1; +				res = sync(fp->fs); +			} +		} +	} + +	LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res); +} + +#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */ + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Close File                                                            */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +FRESULT f_close ( +	FIL *fp		/* Pointer to the file object to be closed */ +) +{ +	FRESULT res; + + +#if _FS_READONLY +	res = validate(fp); +	{ +#if _FS_REENTRANT +		FATFS *fs = fp->fs; +#endif +		if (res == FR_OK) fp->fs = 0;	/* Discard file object */ +		LEAVE_FF(fs, res); +	} +#else +	res = f_sync(fp);		/* Flush cached data */ +#if _FS_LOCK +	if (res == FR_OK) {		/* Decrement open counter */ +#if _FS_REENTRANT +		FATFS *fs = fp->fs;; +		res = validate(fp); +		if (res == FR_OK) { +			res = dec_lock(fp->lockid);	 +			unlock_fs(fs, FR_OK); +		} +#else +		res = dec_lock(fp->lockid); +#endif +	} +#endif +	if (res == FR_OK) fp->fs = 0;	/* Discard file object */ +	return res; +#endif +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Current Drive/Directory Handlings                                     */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if _FS_RPATH >= 1 + +FRESULT f_chdrive ( +	BYTE drv		/* Drive number */ +) +{ +	if (drv >= _VOLUMES) return FR_INVALID_DRIVE; + +	CurrVol = drv; + +	return FR_OK; +} + + + +FRESULT f_chdir ( +	const TCHAR *path	/* Pointer to the directory path */ +) +{ +	FRESULT res; +	DIR dj; +	DEF_NAMEBUF; + + +	res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 0); +	if (res == FR_OK) { +		INIT_BUF(dj); +		res = follow_path(&dj, path);		/* Follow the path */ +		FREE_BUF(); +		if (res == FR_OK) {					/* Follow completed */ +			if (!dj.dir) { +				dj.fs->cdir = dj.sclust;	/* Start directory itself */ +			} else { +				if (dj.dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)	/* Reached to the directory */ +					dj.fs->cdir = ld_clust(dj.fs, dj.dir); +				else +					res = FR_NO_PATH;		/* Reached but a file */ +			} +		} +		if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_NO_PATH; +	} + +	LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); +} + + +#if _FS_RPATH >= 2 +FRESULT f_getcwd ( +	TCHAR *path,	/* Pointer to the directory path */ +	UINT sz_path	/* Size of path */ +) +{ +	FRESULT res; +	DIR dj; +	UINT i, n; +	DWORD ccl; +	TCHAR *tp; +	FILINFO fno; +	DEF_NAMEBUF; + + +	*path = 0; +	res = chk_mounted((const TCHAR**)&path, &dj.fs, 0);	/* Get current volume */ +	if (res == FR_OK) { +		INIT_BUF(dj); +		i = sz_path;		/* Bottom of buffer (dir stack base) */ +		dj.sclust = dj.fs->cdir;			/* Start to follow upper dir from current dir */ +		while ((ccl = dj.sclust) != 0) {	/* Repeat while current dir is a sub-dir */ +			res = dir_sdi(&dj, 1);			/* Get parent dir */ +			if (res != FR_OK) break; +			res = dir_read(&dj); +			if (res != FR_OK) break; +			dj.sclust = ld_clust(dj.fs, dj.dir);	/* Goto parent dir */ +			res = dir_sdi(&dj, 0); +			if (res != FR_OK) break; +			do {							/* Find the entry links to the child dir */ +				res = dir_read(&dj); +				if (res != FR_OK) break; +				if (ccl == ld_clust(dj.fs, dj.dir)) break;	/* Found the entry */ +				res = dir_next(&dj, 0);	 +			} while (res == FR_OK); +			if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_INT_ERR;/* It cannot be 'not found'. */ +			if (res != FR_OK) break; +#if _USE_LFN +			fno.lfname = path; +			fno.lfsize = i; +#endif +			get_fileinfo(&dj, &fno);		/* Get the dir name and push it to the buffer */ +			tp = fno.fname; +			if (_USE_LFN && *path) tp = path; +			for (n = 0; tp[n]; n++) ; +			if (i < n + 3) { +				res = FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE; break; +			} +			while (n) path[--i] = tp[--n]; +			path[--i] = '/'; +		} +		tp = path; +		if (res == FR_OK) { +			*tp++ = '0' + CurrVol;			/* Put drive number */ +			*tp++ = ':'; +			if (i == sz_path) {				/* Root-dir */ +				*tp++ = '/'; +			} else {						/* Sub-dir */ +				do		/* Add stacked path str */ +					*tp++ = path[i++]; +				while (i < sz_path); +			} +		} +		*tp = 0; +		FREE_BUF(); +	} + +	LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); +} +#endif /* _FS_RPATH >= 2 */ +#endif /* _FS_RPATH >= 1 */ + + + +#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 2 +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Seek File R/W Pointer                                                 */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +FRESULT f_lseek ( +	FIL *fp,		/* Pointer to the file object */ +	DWORD ofs		/* File pointer from top of file */ +) +{ +	FRESULT res; + + +	res = validate(fp);					/* Check validity of the object */ +	if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res); +	if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR)			/* Check abort flag */ +		LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); + +#if _USE_FASTSEEK +	if (fp->cltbl) {	/* Fast seek */ +		DWORD cl, pcl, ncl, tcl, dsc, tlen, ulen, *tbl; + +		if (ofs == CREATE_LINKMAP) {	/* Create CLMT */ +			tbl = fp->cltbl; +			tlen = *tbl++; ulen = 2;	/* Given table size and required table size */ +			cl = fp->sclust;			/* Top of the chain */ +			if (cl) { +				do { +					/* Get a fragment */ +					tcl = cl; ncl = 0; ulen += 2;	/* Top, length and used items */ +					do { +						pcl = cl; ncl++; +						cl = get_fat(fp->fs, cl); +						if (cl <= 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); +						if (cl == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); +					} while (cl == pcl + 1); +					if (ulen <= tlen) {		/* Store the length and top of the fragment */ +						*tbl++ = ncl; *tbl++ = tcl; +					} +				} while (cl < fp->fs->n_fatent);	/* Repeat until end of chain */ +			} +			*fp->cltbl = ulen;	/* Number of items used */ +			if (ulen <= tlen) +				*tbl = 0;		/* Terminate table */ +			else +				res = FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE;	/* Given table size is smaller than required */ + +		} else {						/* Fast seek */ +			if (ofs > fp->fsize)		/* Clip offset at the file size */ +				ofs = fp->fsize; +			fp->fptr = ofs;				/* Set file pointer */ +			if (ofs) { +				fp->clust = clmt_clust(fp, ofs - 1); +				dsc = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust); +				if (!dsc) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); +				dsc += (ofs - 1) / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1); +				if (fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs) && dsc != fp->dsect) {	/* Refill sector cache if needed */ +#if !_FS_TINY +#if !_FS_READONLY +					if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) {		/* Write-back dirty sector cache */ +						if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK) +							ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); +						fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY; +					} +#endif +					if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, dsc, 1) != RES_OK)	/* Load current sector */ +						ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); +#endif +					fp->dsect = dsc; +				} +			} +		} +	} else +#endif + +	/* Normal Seek */ +	{ +		DWORD clst, bcs, nsect, ifptr; + +		if (ofs > fp->fsize					/* In read-only mode, clip offset with the file size */ +#if !_FS_READONLY +			 && !(fp->flag & FA_WRITE) +#endif +			) ofs = fp->fsize; + +		ifptr = fp->fptr; +		fp->fptr = nsect = 0; +		if (ofs) { +			bcs = (DWORD)fp->fs->csize * SS(fp->fs);	/* Cluster size (byte) */ +			if (ifptr > 0 && +				(ofs - 1) / bcs >= (ifptr - 1) / bcs) {	/* When seek to same or following cluster, */ +				fp->fptr = (ifptr - 1) & ~(bcs - 1);	/* start from the current cluster */ +				ofs -= fp->fptr; +				clst = fp->clust; +			} else {									/* When seek to back cluster, */ +				clst = fp->sclust;						/* start from the first cluster */ +#if !_FS_READONLY +				if (clst == 0) {						/* If no cluster chain, create a new chain */ +					clst = create_chain(fp->fs, 0); +					if (clst == 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); +					if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); +					fp->sclust = clst; +				} +#endif +				fp->clust = clst; +			} +			if (clst != 0) { +				while (ofs > bcs) {						/* Cluster following loop */ +#if !_FS_READONLY +					if (fp->flag & FA_WRITE) {			/* Check if in write mode or not */ +						clst = create_chain(fp->fs, clst);	/* Force stretch if in write mode */ +						if (clst == 0) {				/* When disk gets full, clip file size */ +							ofs = bcs; break; +						} +					} else +#endif +						clst = get_fat(fp->fs, clst);	/* Follow cluster chain if not in write mode */ +					if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); +					if (clst <= 1 || clst >= fp->fs->n_fatent) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); +					fp->clust = clst; +					fp->fptr += bcs; +					ofs -= bcs; +				} +				fp->fptr += ofs; +				if (ofs % SS(fp->fs)) { +					nsect = clust2sect(fp->fs, clst);	/* Current sector */ +					if (!nsect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); +					nsect += ofs / SS(fp->fs); +				} +			} +		} +		if (fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs) && nsect != fp->dsect) {	/* Fill sector cache if needed */ +#if !_FS_TINY +#if !_FS_READONLY +			if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) {			/* Write-back dirty sector cache */ +				if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK) +					ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); +				fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY; +			} +#endif +			if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, nsect, 1) != RES_OK)	/* Fill sector cache */ +				ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); +#endif +			fp->dsect = nsect; +		} +#if !_FS_READONLY +		if (fp->fptr > fp->fsize) {			/* Set file change flag if the file size is extended */ +			fp->fsize = fp->fptr; +			fp->flag |= FA__WRITTEN; +		} +#endif +	} + +	LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res); +} + + + +#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Create a Directory Object                                             */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +FRESULT f_opendir ( +	DIR *dj,			/* Pointer to directory object to create */ +	const TCHAR *path	/* Pointer to the directory path */ +) +{ +	FRESULT res; +	FATFS *fs; +	DEF_NAMEBUF; + + +	if (!dj) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT; + +	res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj->fs, 0); +	fs = dj->fs; +	if (res == FR_OK) { +		INIT_BUF(*dj); +		res = follow_path(dj, path);			/* Follow the path to the directory */ +		FREE_BUF(); +		if (res == FR_OK) {						/* Follow completed */ +			if (dj->dir) {						/* It is not the root dir */ +				if (dj->dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) {	/* The object is a directory */ +					dj->sclust = ld_clust(fs, dj->dir); +				} else {						/* The object is not a directory */ +					res = FR_NO_PATH; +				} +			} +			if (res == FR_OK) { +				dj->id = fs->id; +				res = dir_sdi(dj, 0);			/* Rewind dir */ +			} +		} +		if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_NO_PATH; +		if (res != FR_OK) dj->fs = 0;			/* Invalidate the dir object if function faild */ +	} else { +		dj->fs = 0; +	} + +	LEAVE_FF(fs, res); +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Read Directory Entry in Sequence                                      */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +FRESULT f_readdir ( +	DIR *dj,			/* Pointer to the open directory object */ +	FILINFO *fno		/* Pointer to file information to return */ +) +{ +	FRESULT res; +	DEF_NAMEBUF; + + +	res = validate(dj);						/* Check validity of the object */ +	if (res == FR_OK) { +		if (!fno) { +			res = dir_sdi(dj, 0);			/* Rewind the directory object */ +		} else { +			INIT_BUF(*dj); +			res = dir_read(dj);				/* Read an directory item */ +			if (res == FR_NO_FILE) {		/* Reached end of dir */ +				dj->sect = 0; +				res = FR_OK; +			} +			if (res == FR_OK) {				/* A valid entry is found */ +				get_fileinfo(dj, fno);		/* Get the object information */ +				res = dir_next(dj, 0);		/* Increment index for next */ +				if (res == FR_NO_FILE) { +					dj->sect = 0; +					res = FR_OK; +				} +			} +			FREE_BUF(); +		} +	} + +	LEAVE_FF(dj->fs, res); +} + + + +#if _FS_MINIMIZE == 0 +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Get File Status                                                       */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +FRESULT f_stat ( +	const TCHAR *path,	/* Pointer to the file path */ +	FILINFO *fno		/* Pointer to file information to return */ +) +{ +	FRESULT res; +	DIR dj; +	DEF_NAMEBUF; + + +	res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 0); +	if (res == FR_OK) { +		INIT_BUF(dj); +		res = follow_path(&dj, path);	/* Follow the file path */ +		if (res == FR_OK) {				/* Follow completed */ +			if (dj.dir)		/* Found an object */ +				get_fileinfo(&dj, fno); +			else			/* It is root dir */ +				res = FR_INVALID_NAME; +		} +		FREE_BUF(); +	} + +	LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); +} + + + +#if !_FS_READONLY +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Get Number of Free Clusters                                           */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +FRESULT f_getfree ( +	const TCHAR *path,	/* Pointer to the logical drive number (root dir) */ +	DWORD *nclst,		/* Pointer to the variable to return number of free clusters */ +	FATFS **fatfs		/* Pointer to pointer to corresponding file system object to return */ +) +{ +	FRESULT res; +	FATFS *fs; +	DWORD n, clst, sect, stat; +	UINT i; +	BYTE fat, *p; + + +	/* Get drive number */ +	res = chk_mounted(&path, fatfs, 0); +	fs = *fatfs; +	if (res == FR_OK) { +		/* If free_clust is valid, return it without full cluster scan */ +		if (fs->free_clust <= fs->n_fatent - 2) { +			*nclst = fs->free_clust; +		} else { +			/* Get number of free clusters */ +			fat = fs->fs_type; +			n = 0; +			if (fat == FS_FAT12) { +				clst = 2; +				do { +					stat = get_fat(fs, clst); +					if (stat == 0xFFFFFFFF) { res = FR_DISK_ERR; break; } +					if (stat == 1) { res = FR_INT_ERR; break; } +					if (stat == 0) n++; +				} while (++clst < fs->n_fatent); +			} else { +				clst = fs->n_fatent; +				sect = fs->fatbase; +				i = 0; p = 0; +				do { +					if (!i) { +						res = move_window(fs, sect++); +						if (res != FR_OK) break; +						p = fs->win; +						i = SS(fs); +					} +					if (fat == FS_FAT16) { +						if (LD_WORD(p) == 0) n++; +						p += 2; i -= 2; +					} else { +						if ((LD_DWORD(p) & 0x0FFFFFFF) == 0) n++; +						p += 4; i -= 4; +					} +				} while (--clst); +			} +			fs->free_clust = n; +			if (fat == FS_FAT32) fs->fsi_flag = 1; +			*nclst = n; +		} +	} +	LEAVE_FF(fs, res); +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Truncate File                                                         */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +FRESULT f_truncate ( +	FIL *fp		/* Pointer to the file object */ +) +{ +	FRESULT res; +	DWORD ncl; + + +	if (!fp) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT; + +	res = validate(fp);						/* Check validity of the object */ +	if (res == FR_OK) { +		if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR) {			/* Check abort flag */ +			res = FR_INT_ERR; +		} else { +			if (!(fp->flag & FA_WRITE))		/* Check access mode */ +				res = FR_DENIED; +		} +	} +	if (res == FR_OK) { +		if (fp->fsize > fp->fptr) { +			fp->fsize = fp->fptr;	/* Set file size to current R/W point */ +			fp->flag |= FA__WRITTEN; +			if (fp->fptr == 0) {	/* When set file size to zero, remove entire cluster chain */ +				res = remove_chain(fp->fs, fp->sclust); +				fp->sclust = 0; +			} else {				/* When truncate a part of the file, remove remaining clusters */ +				ncl = get_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust); +				res = FR_OK; +				if (ncl == 0xFFFFFFFF) res = FR_DISK_ERR; +				if (ncl == 1) res = FR_INT_ERR; +				if (res == FR_OK && ncl < fp->fs->n_fatent) { +					res = put_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust, 0x0FFFFFFF); +					if (res == FR_OK) res = remove_chain(fp->fs, ncl); +				} +			} +		} +		if (res != FR_OK) fp->flag |= FA__ERROR; +	} + +	LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res); +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Delete a File or Directory                                            */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +FRESULT f_unlink ( +	const TCHAR *path		/* Pointer to the file or directory path */ +) +{ +	FRESULT res; +	DIR dj, sdj; +	BYTE *dir; +	DWORD dclst; +	DEF_NAMEBUF; + + +	res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1); +	if (res == FR_OK) { +		INIT_BUF(dj); +		res = follow_path(&dj, path);		/* Follow the file path */ +		if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT)) +			res = FR_INVALID_NAME;			/* Cannot remove dot entry */ +#if _FS_LOCK +		if (res == FR_OK) res = chk_lock(&dj, 2);	/* Cannot remove open file */ +#endif +		if (res == FR_OK) {					/* The object is accessible */ +			dir = dj.dir; +			if (!dir) { +				res = FR_INVALID_NAME;		/* Cannot remove the start directory */ +			} else { +				if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_RDO) +					res = FR_DENIED;		/* Cannot remove R/O object */ +			} +			dclst = ld_clust(dj.fs, dir); +			if (res == FR_OK && (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)) {	/* Is it a sub-dir? */ +				if (dclst < 2) { +					res = FR_INT_ERR; +				} else { +					mem_cpy(&sdj, &dj, sizeof (DIR));	/* Check if the sub-dir is empty or not */ +					sdj.sclust = dclst; +					res = dir_sdi(&sdj, 2);		/* Exclude dot entries */ +					if (res == FR_OK) { +						res = dir_read(&sdj); +						if (res == FR_OK		/* Not empty dir */ +#if _FS_RPATH +						|| dclst == dj.fs->cdir	/* Current dir */ +#endif +						) res = FR_DENIED; +						if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_OK;	/* Empty */ +					} +				} +			} +			if (res == FR_OK) { +				res = dir_remove(&dj);		/* Remove the directory entry */ +				if (res == FR_OK) { +					if (dclst)				/* Remove the cluster chain if exist */ +						res = remove_chain(dj.fs, dclst); +					if (res == FR_OK) res = sync(dj.fs); +				} +			} +		} +		FREE_BUF(); +	} +	LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Create a Directory                                                    */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +FRESULT f_mkdir ( +	const TCHAR *path		/* Pointer to the directory path */ +) +{ +	FRESULT res; +	DIR dj; +	BYTE *dir, n; +	DWORD dsc, dcl, pcl, tim = get_fattime(); +	DEF_NAMEBUF; + + +	res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1); +	if (res == FR_OK) { +		INIT_BUF(dj); +		res = follow_path(&dj, path);			/* Follow the file path */ +		if (res == FR_OK) res = FR_EXIST;		/* Any object with same name is already existing */ +		if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_NO_FILE && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT)) +			res = FR_INVALID_NAME; +		if (res == FR_NO_FILE) {				/* Can create a new directory */ +			dcl = create_chain(dj.fs, 0);		/* Allocate a cluster for the new directory table */ +			res = FR_OK; +			if (dcl == 0) res = FR_DENIED;		/* No space to allocate a new cluster */ +			if (dcl == 1) res = FR_INT_ERR; +			if (dcl == 0xFFFFFFFF) res = FR_DISK_ERR; +			if (res == FR_OK)					/* Flush FAT */ +				res = move_window(dj.fs, 0); +			if (res == FR_OK) {					/* Initialize the new directory table */ +				dsc = clust2sect(dj.fs, dcl); +				dir = dj.fs->win; +				mem_set(dir, 0, SS(dj.fs)); +				mem_set(dir+DIR_Name, ' ', 8+3);	/* Create "." entry */ +				dir[DIR_Name] = '.'; +				dir[DIR_Attr] = AM_DIR; +				ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, tim); +				st_clust(dir, dcl); +				mem_cpy(dir+SZ_DIR, dir, SZ_DIR); 	/* Create ".." entry */ +				dir[33] = '.'; pcl = dj.sclust; +				if (dj.fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32 && pcl == dj.fs->dirbase) +					pcl = 0; +				st_clust(dir+SZ_DIR, pcl); +				for (n = dj.fs->csize; n; n--) {	/* Write dot entries and clear following sectors */ +					dj.fs->winsect = dsc++; +					dj.fs->wflag = 1; +					res = move_window(dj.fs, 0); +					if (res != FR_OK) break; +					mem_set(dir, 0, SS(dj.fs)); +				} +			} +			if (res == FR_OK) res = dir_register(&dj);	/* Register the object to the directoy */ +			if (res != FR_OK) { +				remove_chain(dj.fs, dcl);			/* Could not register, remove cluster chain */ +			} else { +				dir = dj.dir; +				dir[DIR_Attr] = AM_DIR;				/* Attribute */ +				ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, tim);		/* Created time */ +				st_clust(dir, dcl);					/* Table start cluster */ +				dj.fs->wflag = 1; +				res = sync(dj.fs); +			} +		} +		FREE_BUF(); +	} + +	LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Change Attribute                                                      */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +FRESULT f_chmod ( +	const TCHAR *path,	/* Pointer to the file path */ +	BYTE value,			/* Attribute bits */ +	BYTE mask			/* Attribute mask to change */ +) +{ +	FRESULT res; +	DIR dj; +	BYTE *dir; +	DEF_NAMEBUF; + + +	res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1); +	if (res == FR_OK) { +		INIT_BUF(dj); +		res = follow_path(&dj, path);		/* Follow the file path */ +		FREE_BUF(); +		if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT)) +			res = FR_INVALID_NAME; +		if (res == FR_OK) { +			dir = dj.dir; +			if (!dir) {						/* Is it a root directory? */ +				res = FR_INVALID_NAME; +			} else {						/* File or sub directory */ +				mask &= AM_RDO|AM_HID|AM_SYS|AM_ARC;	/* Valid attribute mask */ +				dir[DIR_Attr] = (value & mask) | (dir[DIR_Attr] & (BYTE)~mask);	/* Apply attribute change */ +				dj.fs->wflag = 1; +				res = sync(dj.fs); +			} +		} +	} + +	LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Change Timestamp                                                      */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +FRESULT f_utime ( +	const TCHAR *path,	/* Pointer to the file/directory name */ +	const FILINFO *fno	/* Pointer to the time stamp to be set */ +) +{ +	FRESULT res; +	DIR dj; +	BYTE *dir; +	DEF_NAMEBUF; + + +	res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1); +	if (res == FR_OK) { +		INIT_BUF(dj); +		res = follow_path(&dj, path);	/* Follow the file path */ +		FREE_BUF(); +		if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT)) +			res = FR_INVALID_NAME; +		if (res == FR_OK) { +			dir = dj.dir; +			if (!dir) {					/* Root directory */ +				res = FR_INVALID_NAME; +			} else {					/* File or sub-directory */ +				ST_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, fno->ftime); +				ST_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtDate, fno->fdate); +				dj.fs->wflag = 1; +				res = sync(dj.fs); +			} +		} +	} + +	LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Rename File/Directory                                                 */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +FRESULT f_rename ( +	const TCHAR *path_old,	/* Pointer to the old name */ +	const TCHAR *path_new	/* Pointer to the new name */ +) +{ +	FRESULT res; +	DIR djo, djn; +	BYTE buf[21], *dir; +	DWORD dw; +	DEF_NAMEBUF; + + +	res = chk_mounted(&path_old, &djo.fs, 1); +	if (res == FR_OK) { +		djn.fs = djo.fs; +		INIT_BUF(djo); +		res = follow_path(&djo, path_old);		/* Check old object */ +		if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (djo.fn[NS] & NS_DOT)) +			res = FR_INVALID_NAME; +#if _FS_LOCK +		if (res == FR_OK) res = chk_lock(&djo, 2); +#endif +		if (res == FR_OK) {						/* Old object is found */ +			if (!djo.dir) {						/* Is root dir? */ +				res = FR_NO_FILE; +			} else { +				mem_cpy(buf, djo.dir+DIR_Attr, 21);		/* Save the object information except for name */ +				mem_cpy(&djn, &djo, sizeof (DIR));		/* Check new object */ +				res = follow_path(&djn, path_new); +				if (res == FR_OK) res = FR_EXIST;		/* The new object name is already existing */ +				if (res == FR_NO_FILE) { 				/* Is it a valid path and no name collision? */ +/* Start critical section that an interruption or error can cause cross-link */ +					res = dir_register(&djn);			/* Register the new entry */ +					if (res == FR_OK) { +						dir = djn.dir;					/* Copy object information except for name */ +						mem_cpy(dir+13, buf+2, 19); +						dir[DIR_Attr] = buf[0] | AM_ARC; +						djo.fs->wflag = 1; +						if (djo.sclust != djn.sclust && (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)) {		/* Update .. entry in the directory if needed */ +							dw = clust2sect(djo.fs, ld_clust(djo.fs, dir)); +							if (!dw) { +								res = FR_INT_ERR; +							} else { +								res = move_window(djo.fs, dw); +								dir = djo.fs->win+SZ_DIR;	/* .. entry */ +								if (res == FR_OK && dir[1] == '.') { +									dw = (djo.fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32 && djn.sclust == djo.fs->dirbase) ? 0 : djn.sclust; +									st_clust(dir, dw); +									djo.fs->wflag = 1; +								} +							} +						} +						if (res == FR_OK) { +							res = dir_remove(&djo);		/* Remove old entry */ +							if (res == FR_OK) +								res = sync(djo.fs); +						} +					} +/* End critical section */ +				} +			} +		} +		FREE_BUF(); +	} +	LEAVE_FF(djo.fs, res); +} + +#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */ +#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE == 0 */ +#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 */ +#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE <= 2 */ + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Forward data to the stream directly (available on only tiny cfg)      */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if _USE_FORWARD && _FS_TINY + +FRESULT f_forward ( +	FIL *fp, 						/* Pointer to the file object */ +	UINT (*func)(const BYTE*,UINT),	/* Pointer to the streaming function */ +	UINT btr,						/* Number of bytes to forward */ +	UINT *bf						/* Pointer to number of bytes forwarded */ +) +{ +	FRESULT res; +	DWORD remain, clst, sect; +	UINT rcnt; +	BYTE csect; + + +	*bf = 0;	/* Clear transfer byte counter */ + +	if (!fp) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT; + +	res = validate(fp);								/* Check validity of the object */ +	if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res); +	if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR)						/* Check error flag */ +		LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); +	if (!(fp->flag & FA_READ))						/* Check access mode */ +		LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DENIED); + +	remain = fp->fsize - fp->fptr; +	if (btr > remain) btr = (UINT)remain;			/* Truncate btr by remaining bytes */ + +	for ( ;  btr && (*func)(0, 0);					/* Repeat until all data transferred or stream becomes busy */ +		fp->fptr += rcnt, *bf += rcnt, btr -= rcnt) { +		csect = (BYTE)(fp->fptr / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1));	/* Sector offset in the cluster */ +		if ((fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)) == 0) {			/* On the sector boundary? */ +			if (!csect) {							/* On the cluster boundary? */ +				clst = (fp->fptr == 0) ?			/* On the top of the file? */ +					fp->sclust : get_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust); +				if (clst <= 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); +				if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); +				fp->clust = clst;					/* Update current cluster */ +			} +		} +		sect = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust);		/* Get current data sector */ +		if (!sect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); +		sect += csect; +		if (move_window(fp->fs, sect))				/* Move sector window */ +			ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); +		fp->dsect = sect; +		rcnt = SS(fp->fs) - (WORD)(fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs));	/* Forward data from sector window */ +		if (rcnt > btr) rcnt = btr; +		rcnt = (*func)(&fp->fs->win[(WORD)fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], rcnt); +		if (!rcnt) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); +	} + +	LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_OK); +} +#endif /* _USE_FORWARD */ + + + +#if _USE_MKFS && !_FS_READONLY +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Create File System on the Drive                                       */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#define N_ROOTDIR	512		/* Number of root dir entries for FAT12/16 */ +#define N_FATS		1		/* Number of FAT copies (1 or 2) */ + + +FRESULT f_mkfs ( +	BYTE drv,		/* Logical drive number */ +	BYTE sfd,		/* Partitioning rule 0:FDISK, 1:SFD */ +	UINT au			/* Allocation unit size [bytes] */ +) +{ +	static const WORD vst[] = { 1024,   512,  256,  128,   64,    32,   16,    8,    4,    2,   0}; +	static const WORD cst[] = {32768, 16384, 8192, 4096, 2048, 16384, 8192, 4096, 2048, 1024, 512}; +	BYTE fmt, md, sys, *tbl, pdrv, part; +	DWORD n_clst, vs, n, wsect; +	UINT i; +	DWORD b_vol, b_fat, b_dir, b_data;	/* LBA */ +	DWORD n_vol, n_rsv, n_fat, n_dir;	/* Size */ +	FATFS *fs; +	DSTATUS stat; + + +	/* Check mounted drive and clear work area */ +	if (drv >= _VOLUMES) return FR_INVALID_DRIVE; +	if (sfd > 1) return FR_INVALID_PARAMETER; +	if (au & (au - 1)) return FR_INVALID_PARAMETER; +	fs = FatFs[drv]; +	if (!fs) return FR_NOT_ENABLED; +	fs->fs_type = 0; +	pdrv = LD2PD(drv);	/* Physical drive */ +	part = LD2PT(drv);	/* Partition (0:auto detect, 1-4:get from partition table)*/ + +	/* Get disk statics */ +	stat = disk_initialize(pdrv); +	if (stat & STA_NOINIT) return FR_NOT_READY; +	if (stat & STA_PROTECT) return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED; +#if _MAX_SS != 512					/* Get disk sector size */ +	if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_SECTOR_SIZE, &SS(fs)) != RES_OK || SS(fs) > _MAX_SS) +		return FR_DISK_ERR; +#endif +	if (_MULTI_PARTITION && part) { +		/* Get partition information from partition table in the MBR */ +		if (disk_read(pdrv, fs->win, 0, 1) != RES_OK) return FR_DISK_ERR; +		if (LD_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA) != 0xAA55) return FR_MKFS_ABORTED; +		tbl = &fs->win[MBR_Table + (part - 1) * SZ_PTE]; +		if (!tbl[4]) return FR_MKFS_ABORTED;	/* No partition? */ +		b_vol = LD_DWORD(tbl+8);	/* Volume start sector */ +		n_vol = LD_DWORD(tbl+12);	/* Volume size */ +	} else { +		/* Create a partition in this function */ +		if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_SECTOR_COUNT, &n_vol) != RES_OK || n_vol < 128) +			return FR_DISK_ERR; +		b_vol = (sfd) ? 0 : 63;		/* Volume start sector */ +		n_vol -= b_vol;				/* Volume size */ +	} + +	if (!au) {				/* AU auto selection */ +		vs = n_vol / (2000 / (SS(fs) / 512)); +		for (i = 0; vs < vst[i]; i++) ; +		au = cst[i]; +	} +	au /= SS(fs);		/* Number of sectors per cluster */ +	if (au == 0) au = 1; +	if (au > 128) au = 128; + +	/* Pre-compute number of clusters and FAT sub-type */ +	n_clst = n_vol / au; +	fmt = FS_FAT12; +	if (n_clst >= MIN_FAT16) fmt = FS_FAT16; +	if (n_clst >= MIN_FAT32) fmt = FS_FAT32; + +	/* Determine offset and size of FAT structure */ +	if (fmt == FS_FAT32) { +		n_fat = ((n_clst * 4) + 8 + SS(fs) - 1) / SS(fs); +		n_rsv = 32; +		n_dir = 0; +	} else { +		n_fat = (fmt == FS_FAT12) ? (n_clst * 3 + 1) / 2 + 3 : (n_clst * 2) + 4; +		n_fat = (n_fat + SS(fs) - 1) / SS(fs); +		n_rsv = 1; +		n_dir = (DWORD)N_ROOTDIR * SZ_DIR / SS(fs); +	} +	b_fat = b_vol + n_rsv;				/* FAT area start sector */ +	b_dir = b_fat + n_fat * N_FATS;		/* Directory area start sector */ +	b_data = b_dir + n_dir;				/* Data area start sector */ +	if (n_vol < b_data + au - b_vol) return FR_MKFS_ABORTED;	/* Too small volume */ + +	/* Align data start sector to erase block boundary (for flash memory media) */ +	if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_BLOCK_SIZE, &n) != RES_OK || !n || n > 32768) n = 1; +	n = (b_data + n - 1) & ~(n - 1);	/* Next nearest erase block from current data start */ +	n = (n - b_data) / N_FATS; +	if (fmt == FS_FAT32) {		/* FAT32: Move FAT offset */ +		n_rsv += n; +		b_fat += n; +	} else {					/* FAT12/16: Expand FAT size */ +		n_fat += n; +	} + +	/* Determine number of clusters and final check of validity of the FAT sub-type */ +	n_clst = (n_vol - n_rsv - n_fat * N_FATS - n_dir) / au; +	if (   (fmt == FS_FAT16 && n_clst < MIN_FAT16) +		|| (fmt == FS_FAT32 && n_clst < MIN_FAT32)) +		return FR_MKFS_ABORTED; + +	switch (fmt) {	/* Determine system ID for partition table */ +	case FS_FAT12:	sys = 0x01; break; +	case FS_FAT16:	sys = (n_vol < 0x10000) ? 0x04 : 0x06; break; +	default: 		sys = 0x0C; +	} + +	if (_MULTI_PARTITION && part) { +		/* Update system ID in the partition table */ +		tbl = &fs->win[MBR_Table + (part - 1) * SZ_PTE]; +		tbl[4] = sys; +		if (disk_write(pdrv, fs->win, 0, 1) != RES_OK) return FR_DISK_ERR; +		md = 0xF8; +	} else { +		if (sfd) {	/* No partition table (SFD) */ +			md = 0xF0; +		} else {	/* Create partition table (FDISK) */ +			mem_set(fs->win, 0, SS(fs)); +			tbl = fs->win+MBR_Table;	/* Create partition table for single partition in the drive */ +			tbl[1] = 1;						/* Partition start head */ +			tbl[2] = 1;						/* Partition start sector */ +			tbl[3] = 0;						/* Partition start cylinder */ +			tbl[4] = sys;					/* System type */ +			tbl[5] = 254;					/* Partition end head */ +			n = (b_vol + n_vol) / 63 / 255; +			tbl[6] = (BYTE)((n >> 2) | 63);	/* Partition end sector */ +			tbl[7] = (BYTE)n;				/* End cylinder */ +			ST_DWORD(tbl+8, 63);			/* Partition start in LBA */ +			ST_DWORD(tbl+12, n_vol);		/* Partition size in LBA */ +			ST_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA, 0xAA55);	/* MBR signature */ +			if (disk_write(pdrv, fs->win, 0, 1) != RES_OK)	/* Write it to the MBR sector */ +				return FR_DISK_ERR; +			md = 0xF8; +		} +	} + +	/* Create BPB in the VBR */ +	tbl = fs->win;							/* Clear sector */ +	mem_set(tbl, 0, SS(fs)); +	mem_cpy(tbl, "\xEB\xFE\x90" "MSDOS5.0", 11);/* Boot jump code, OEM name */ +	i = SS(fs);								/* Sector size */ +	ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_BytsPerSec, i); +	tbl[BPB_SecPerClus] = (BYTE)au;			/* Sectors per cluster */ +	ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_RsvdSecCnt, n_rsv);		/* Reserved sectors */ +	tbl[BPB_NumFATs] = N_FATS;				/* Number of FATs */ +	i = (fmt == FS_FAT32) ? 0 : N_ROOTDIR;	/* Number of rootdir entries */ +	ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_RootEntCnt, i); +	if (n_vol < 0x10000) {					/* Number of total sectors */ +		ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_TotSec16, n_vol); +	} else { +		ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_TotSec32, n_vol); +	} +	tbl[BPB_Media] = md;					/* Media descriptor */ +	ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_SecPerTrk, 63);			/* Number of sectors per track */ +	ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_NumHeads, 255);			/* Number of heads */ +	ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_HiddSec, b_vol);		/* Hidden sectors */ +	n = get_fattime();						/* Use current time as VSN */ +	if (fmt == FS_FAT32) { +		ST_DWORD(tbl+BS_VolID32, n);		/* VSN */ +		ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_FATSz32, n_fat);	/* Number of sectors per FAT */ +		ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_RootClus, 2);		/* Root directory start cluster (2) */ +		ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_FSInfo, 1);			/* FSInfo record offset (VBR+1) */ +		ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_BkBootSec, 6);		/* Backup boot record offset (VBR+6) */ +		tbl[BS_DrvNum32] = 0x80;			/* Drive number */ +		tbl[BS_BootSig32] = 0x29;			/* Extended boot signature */ +		mem_cpy(tbl+BS_VolLab32, "NO NAME    " "FAT32   ", 19);	/* Volume label, FAT signature */ +	} else { +		ST_DWORD(tbl+BS_VolID, n);			/* VSN */ +		ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_FATSz16, n_fat);	/* Number of sectors per FAT */ +		tbl[BS_DrvNum] = 0x80;				/* Drive number */ +		tbl[BS_BootSig] = 0x29;				/* Extended boot signature */ +		mem_cpy(tbl+BS_VolLab, "NO NAME    " "FAT     ", 19);	/* Volume label, FAT signature */ +	} +	ST_WORD(tbl+BS_55AA, 0xAA55);			/* Signature (Offset is fixed here regardless of sector size) */ +	if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol, 1) != RES_OK)	/* Write it to the VBR sector */ +		return FR_DISK_ERR; +	if (fmt == FS_FAT32)							/* Write backup VBR if needed (VBR+6) */ +		disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol + 6, 1); + +	/* Initialize FAT area */ +	wsect = b_fat; +	for (i = 0; i < N_FATS; i++) {		/* Initialize each FAT copy */ +		mem_set(tbl, 0, SS(fs));			/* 1st sector of the FAT  */ +		n = md;								/* Media descriptor byte */ +		if (fmt != FS_FAT32) { +			n |= (fmt == FS_FAT12) ? 0x00FFFF00 : 0xFFFFFF00; +			ST_DWORD(tbl+0, n);				/* Reserve cluster #0-1 (FAT12/16) */ +		} else { +			n |= 0xFFFFFF00; +			ST_DWORD(tbl+0, n);				/* Reserve cluster #0-1 (FAT32) */ +			ST_DWORD(tbl+4, 0xFFFFFFFF); +			ST_DWORD(tbl+8, 0x0FFFFFFF);	/* Reserve cluster #2 for root dir */ +		} +		if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, wsect++, 1) != RES_OK) +			return FR_DISK_ERR; +		mem_set(tbl, 0, SS(fs));			/* Fill following FAT entries with zero */ +		for (n = 1; n < n_fat; n++) {		/* This loop may take a time on FAT32 volume due to many single sector writes */ +			if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, wsect++, 1) != RES_OK) +				return FR_DISK_ERR; +		} +	} + +	/* Initialize root directory */ +	i = (fmt == FS_FAT32) ? au : n_dir; +	do { +		if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, wsect++, 1) != RES_OK) +			return FR_DISK_ERR; +	} while (--i); + +#if _USE_ERASE	/* Erase data area if needed */ +	{ +		DWORD eb[2]; + +		eb[0] = wsect; eb[1] = wsect + (n_clst - ((fmt == FS_FAT32) ? 1 : 0)) * au - 1; +		disk_ioctl(pdrv, CTRL_ERASE_SECTOR, eb); +	} +#endif + +	/* Create FSInfo if needed */ +	if (fmt == FS_FAT32) { +		ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_LeadSig, 0x41615252); +		ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_StrucSig, 0x61417272); +		ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_Free_Count, n_clst - 1);	/* Number of free clusters */ +		ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_Nxt_Free, 2);				/* Last allocated cluster# */ +		ST_WORD(tbl+BS_55AA, 0xAA55); +		disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol + 1, 1);	/* Write original (VBR+1) */ +		disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol + 7, 1);	/* Write backup (VBR+7) */ +	} + +	return (disk_ioctl(pdrv, CTRL_SYNC, 0) == RES_OK) ? FR_OK : FR_DISK_ERR; +} + + +#if _MULTI_PARTITION == 2 +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Divide Physical Drive                                                 */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +FRESULT f_fdisk ( +	BYTE pdrv,			/* Physical drive number */ +	const DWORD szt[],	/* Pointer to the size table for each partitions */ +	void* work			/* Pointer to the working buffer */ +) +{ +	UINT i, n, sz_cyl, tot_cyl, b_cyl, e_cyl, p_cyl; +	BYTE s_hd, e_hd, *p, *buf = (BYTE*)work; +	DSTATUS stat; +	DWORD sz_disk, sz_part, s_part; + + +	stat = disk_initialize(pdrv); +	if (stat & STA_NOINIT) return FR_NOT_READY; +	if (stat & STA_PROTECT) return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED; +	if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_SECTOR_COUNT, &sz_disk)) return FR_DISK_ERR; + +	/* Determine CHS in the table regardless of the drive geometry */ +	for (n = 16; n < 256 && sz_disk / n / 63 > 1024; n *= 2) ; +	if (n == 256) n--; +	e_hd = n - 1; +	sz_cyl = 63 * n; +	tot_cyl = sz_disk / sz_cyl; + +	/* Create partition table */ +	mem_set(buf, 0, _MAX_SS); +	p = buf + MBR_Table; b_cyl = 0; +	for (i = 0; i < 4; i++, p += SZ_PTE) { +		p_cyl = (szt[i] <= 100) ? (DWORD)tot_cyl * szt[i] / 100 : szt[i] / sz_cyl; +		if (!p_cyl) continue; +		s_part = (DWORD)sz_cyl * b_cyl; +		sz_part = (DWORD)sz_cyl * p_cyl; +		if (i == 0) {	/* Exclude first track of cylinder 0 */ +			s_hd = 1; +			s_part += 63; sz_part -= 63; +		} else { +			s_hd = 0; +		} +		e_cyl = b_cyl + p_cyl - 1; +		if (e_cyl >= tot_cyl) return FR_INVALID_PARAMETER; + +		/* Set partition table */ +		p[1] = s_hd;						/* Start head */ +		p[2] = (BYTE)((b_cyl >> 2) + 1);	/* Start sector */ +		p[3] = (BYTE)b_cyl;					/* Start cylinder */ +		p[4] = 0x06;						/* System type (temporary setting) */ +		p[5] = e_hd;						/* End head */ +		p[6] = (BYTE)((e_cyl >> 2) + 63);	/* End sector */ +		p[7] = (BYTE)e_cyl;					/* End cylinder */ +		ST_DWORD(p + 8, s_part);			/* Start sector in LBA */ +		ST_DWORD(p + 12, sz_part);			/* Partition size */ + +		/* Next partition */ +		b_cyl += p_cyl; +	} +	ST_WORD(p, 0xAA55); + +	/* Write it to the MBR */ +	return (disk_write(pdrv, buf, 0, 1) || disk_ioctl(pdrv, CTRL_SYNC, 0)) ? FR_DISK_ERR : FR_OK; +} + + +#endif /* _MULTI_PARTITION == 2 */ +#endif /* _USE_MKFS && !_FS_READONLY */ + + + + +#if _USE_STRFUNC +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Get a string from the file                                            */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +TCHAR* f_gets ( +	TCHAR* buff,	/* Pointer to the string buffer to read */ +	int len,		/* Size of string buffer (characters) */ +	FIL* fil		/* Pointer to the file object */ +) +{ +	int n = 0; +	TCHAR c, *p = buff; +	BYTE s[2]; +	UINT rc; + + +	while (n < len - 1) {			/* Read bytes until buffer gets filled */ +		f_read(fil, s, 1, &rc); +		if (rc != 1) break;			/* Break on EOF or error */ +		c = s[0]; +#if _LFN_UNICODE					/* Read a character in UTF-8 encoding */ +		if (c >= 0x80) { +			if (c < 0xC0) continue;	/* Skip stray trailer */ +			if (c < 0xE0) {			/* Two-byte sequence */ +				f_read(fil, s, 1, &rc); +				if (rc != 1) break; +				c = ((c & 0x1F) << 6) | (s[0] & 0x3F); +				if (c < 0x80) c = '?'; +			} else { +				if (c < 0xF0) {		/* Three-byte sequence */ +					f_read(fil, s, 2, &rc); +					if (rc != 2) break; +					c = (c << 12) | ((s[0] & 0x3F) << 6) | (s[1] & 0x3F); +					if (c < 0x800) c = '?'; +				} else {			/* Reject four-byte sequence */ +					c = '?'; +				} +			} +		} +#endif +#if _USE_STRFUNC >= 2 +		if (c == '\r') continue;	/* Strip '\r' */ +#endif +		*p++ = c; +		n++; +		if (c == '\n') break;		/* Break on EOL */ +	} +	*p = 0; +	return n ? buff : 0;			/* When no data read (eof or error), return with error. */ +} + + + +#if !_FS_READONLY +#include <stdarg.h> +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Put a character to the file                                           */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int f_putc ( +	TCHAR c,	/* A character to be output */ +	FIL* fil	/* Pointer to the file object */ +) +{ +	UINT bw, btw; +	BYTE s[3]; + + +#if _USE_STRFUNC >= 2 +	if (c == '\n') f_putc ('\r', fil);	/* LF -> CRLF conversion */ +#endif + +#if _LFN_UNICODE	/* Write the character in UTF-8 encoding */ +	if (c < 0x80) {			/* 7-bit */ +		s[0] = (BYTE)c; +		btw = 1; +	} else { +		if (c < 0x800) {	/* 11-bit */ +			s[0] = (BYTE)(0xC0 | (c >> 6)); +			s[1] = (BYTE)(0x80 | (c & 0x3F)); +			btw = 2; +		} else {			/* 16-bit */ +			s[0] = (BYTE)(0xE0 | (c >> 12)); +			s[1] = (BYTE)(0x80 | ((c >> 6) & 0x3F)); +			s[2] = (BYTE)(0x80 | (c & 0x3F)); +			btw = 3; +		} +	} +#else				/* Write the character without conversion */ +	s[0] = (BYTE)c; +	btw = 1; +#endif +	f_write(fil, s, btw, &bw);		/* Write the char to the file */ +	return (bw == btw) ? 1 : EOF;	/* Return the result */ +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Put a string to the file                                              */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int f_puts ( +	const TCHAR* str,	/* Pointer to the string to be output */ +	FIL* fil			/* Pointer to the file object */ +) +{ +	int n; + + +	for (n = 0; *str; str++, n++) { +		if (f_putc(*str, fil) == EOF) return EOF; +	} +	return n; +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Put a formatted string to the file                                    */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int f_printf ( +	FIL* fil,			/* Pointer to the file object */ +	const TCHAR* str,	/* Pointer to the format string */ +	...					/* Optional arguments... */ +) +{ +	va_list arp; +	BYTE f, r; +	UINT i, j, w; +	ULONG v; +	TCHAR c, d, s[16], *p; +	int res, chc, cc; + + +	va_start(arp, str); + +	for (cc = res = 0; cc != EOF; res += cc) { +		c = *str++; +		if (c == 0) break;			/* End of string */ +		if (c != '%') {				/* Non escape character */ +			cc = f_putc(c, fil); +			if (cc != EOF) cc = 1; +			continue; +		} +		w = f = 0; +		c = *str++; +		if (c == '0') {				/* Flag: '0' padding */ +			f = 1; c = *str++; +		} else { +			if (c == '-') {			/* Flag: left justified */ +				f = 2; c = *str++; +			} +		} +		while (IsDigit(c)) {		/* Precision */ +			w = w * 10 + c - '0'; +			c = *str++; +		} +		if (c == 'l' || c == 'L') {	/* Prefix: Size is long int */ +			f |= 4; c = *str++; +		} +		if (!c) break; +		d = c; +		if (IsLower(d)) d -= 0x20; +		switch (d) {				/* Type is... */ +		case 'S' :					/* String */ +			p = va_arg(arp, TCHAR*); +			for (j = 0; p[j]; j++) ; +			chc = 0; +			if (!(f & 2)) { +				while (j++ < w) chc += (cc = f_putc(' ', fil)); +			} +			chc += (cc = f_puts(p, fil)); +			while (j++ < w) chc += (cc = f_putc(' ', fil)); +			if (cc != EOF) cc = chc; +			continue; +		case 'C' :					/* Character */ +			cc = f_putc((TCHAR)va_arg(arp, int), fil); continue; +		case 'B' :					/* Binary */ +			r = 2; break; +		case 'O' :					/* Octal */ +			r = 8; break; +		case 'D' :					/* Signed decimal */ +		case 'U' :					/* Unsigned decimal */ +			r = 10; break; +		case 'X' :					/* Hexdecimal */ +			r = 16; break; +		default:					/* Unknown type (pass-through) */ +			cc = f_putc(c, fil); continue; +		} + +		/* Get an argument and put it in numeral */ +		v = (f & 4) ? (ULONG)va_arg(arp, long) : ((d == 'D') ? (ULONG)(long)va_arg(arp, int) : (ULONG)va_arg(arp, unsigned int)); +		if (d == 'D' && (v & 0x80000000)) { +			v = 0 - v; +			f |= 8; +		} +		i = 0; +		do { +			d = (TCHAR)(v % r); v /= r; +			if (d > 9) d += (c == 'x') ? 0x27 : 0x07; +			s[i++] = d + '0'; +		} while (v && i < sizeof s / sizeof s[0]); +		if (f & 8) s[i++] = '-'; +		j = i; d = (f & 1) ? '0' : ' '; +		res = 0; +		while (!(f & 2) && j++ < w) res += (cc = f_putc(d, fil)); +		do res += (cc = f_putc(s[--i], fil)); while(i); +		while (j++ < w) res += (cc = f_putc(' ', fil)); +		if (cc != EOF) cc = res; +	} + +	va_end(arp); +	return (cc == EOF) ? cc : res; +} + +#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */ +#endif /* _USE_STRFUNC */ diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..627cbaabe6 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.h @@ -0,0 +1,337 @@ +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/ +/  FatFs - FAT file system module include file  R0.09a    (C)ChaN, 2012 +/----------------------------------------------------------------------------/ +/ FatFs module is a generic FAT file system module for small embedded systems. +/ This is a free software that opened for education, research and commercial +/ developments under license policy of following terms. +/ +/  Copyright (C) 2012, ChaN, all right reserved. +/ +/ * The FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY. +/ * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for +/   personal, non-profit or commercial product UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY. +/ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice. +/ +/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#ifndef _FATFS +#define _FATFS	4004	/* Revision ID */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#include "integer.h"	/* Basic integer types */ +#include "ffconf.h"		/* FatFs configuration options */ + +#if _FATFS != _FFCONF +#error Wrong configuration file (ffconf.h). +#endif + + + +/* Definitions of volume management */ + +#if _MULTI_PARTITION		/* Multiple partition configuration */ +typedef struct { +	BYTE pd;	/* Physical drive number */ +	BYTE pt;	/* Partition: 0:Auto detect, 1-4:Forced partition) */ +} PARTITION; +extern PARTITION VolToPart[];	/* Volume - Partition resolution table */ +#define LD2PD(vol) (VolToPart[vol].pd)	/* Get physical drive number */ +#define LD2PT(vol) (VolToPart[vol].pt)	/* Get partition index */ + +#else							/* Single partition configuration */ +#define LD2PD(vol) (BYTE)(vol)	/* Each logical drive is bound to the same physical drive number */ +#define LD2PT(vol) 0			/* Always mounts the 1st partition or in SFD */ + +#endif + + + +/* Type of path name strings on FatFs API */ + +#if _LFN_UNICODE			/* Unicode string */ +#if !_USE_LFN +#error _LFN_UNICODE must be 0 in non-LFN cfg. +#endif +#ifndef _INC_TCHAR +typedef WCHAR TCHAR; +#define _T(x) L ## x +#define _TEXT(x) L ## x +#endif + +#else						/* ANSI/OEM string */ +#ifndef _INC_TCHAR +typedef char TCHAR; +#define _T(x) x +#define _TEXT(x) x +#endif + +#endif + + + +/* File system object structure (FATFS) */ + +typedef struct { +	BYTE	fs_type;		/* FAT sub-type (0:Not mounted) */ +	BYTE	drv;			/* Physical drive number */ +	BYTE	csize;			/* Sectors per cluster (1,2,4...128) */ +	BYTE	n_fats;			/* Number of FAT copies (1,2) */ +	BYTE	wflag;			/* win[] dirty flag (1:must be written back) */ +	BYTE	fsi_flag;		/* fsinfo dirty flag (1:must be written back) */ +	WORD	id;				/* File system mount ID */ +	WORD	n_rootdir;		/* Number of root directory entries (FAT12/16) */ +#if _MAX_SS != 512 +	WORD	ssize;			/* Bytes per sector (512, 1024, 2048 or 4096) */ +#endif +#if _FS_REENTRANT +	_SYNC_t	sobj;			/* Identifier of sync object */ +#endif +#if !_FS_READONLY +	DWORD	last_clust;		/* Last allocated cluster */ +	DWORD	free_clust;		/* Number of free clusters */ +	DWORD	fsi_sector;		/* fsinfo sector (FAT32) */ +#endif +#if _FS_RPATH +	DWORD	cdir;			/* Current directory start cluster (0:root) */ +#endif +	DWORD	n_fatent;		/* Number of FAT entries (= number of clusters + 2) */ +	DWORD	fsize;			/* Sectors per FAT */ +	DWORD	fatbase;		/* FAT start sector */ +	DWORD	dirbase;		/* Root directory start sector (FAT32:Cluster#) */ +	DWORD	database;		/* Data start sector */ +	DWORD	winsect;		/* Current sector appearing in the win[] */ +	BYTE	win[_MAX_SS];	/* Disk access window for Directory, FAT (and Data on tiny cfg) */ +} FATFS; + + + +/* File object structure (FIL) */ + +typedef struct { +	FATFS*	fs;				/* Pointer to the related file system object */ +	WORD	id;				/* File system mount ID of the related file system object */ +	BYTE	flag;			/* File status flags */ +	BYTE	pad1; +	DWORD	fptr;			/* File read/write pointer (0ed on file open) */ +	DWORD	fsize;			/* File size */ +	DWORD	sclust;			/* File data start cluster (0:no data cluster, always 0 when fsize is 0) */ +	DWORD	clust;			/* Current cluster of fpter */ +	DWORD	dsect;			/* Current data sector of fpter */ +#if !_FS_READONLY +	DWORD	dir_sect;		/* Sector containing the directory entry */ +	BYTE*	dir_ptr;		/* Pointer to the directory entry in the window */ +#endif +#if _USE_FASTSEEK +	DWORD*	cltbl;			/* Pointer to the cluster link map table (null on file open) */ +#endif +#if _FS_LOCK +	UINT	lockid;			/* File lock ID (index of file semaphore table Files[]) */ +#endif +#if !_FS_TINY +	BYTE	buf[_MAX_SS];	/* File data read/write buffer */ +#endif +} FIL; + + + +/* Directory object structure (DIR) */ + +typedef struct { +	FATFS*	fs;				/* Pointer to the owner file system object */ +	WORD	id;				/* Owner file system mount ID */ +	WORD	index;			/* Current read/write index number */ +	DWORD	sclust;			/* Table start cluster (0:Root dir) */ +	DWORD	clust;			/* Current cluster */ +	DWORD	sect;			/* Current sector */ +	BYTE*	dir;			/* Pointer to the current SFN entry in the win[] */ +	BYTE*	fn;				/* Pointer to the SFN (in/out) {file[8],ext[3],status[1]} */ +#if _USE_LFN +	WCHAR*	lfn;			/* Pointer to the LFN working buffer */ +	WORD	lfn_idx;		/* Last matched LFN index number (0xFFFF:No LFN) */ +#endif +} DIR; + + + +/* File status structure (FILINFO) */ + +typedef struct { +	DWORD	fsize;			/* File size */ +	WORD	fdate;			/* Last modified date */ +	WORD	ftime;			/* Last modified time */ +	BYTE	fattrib;		/* Attribute */ +	TCHAR	fname[13];		/* Short file name (8.3 format) */ +#if _USE_LFN +	TCHAR*	lfname;			/* Pointer to the LFN buffer */ +	UINT 	lfsize;			/* Size of LFN buffer in TCHAR */ +#endif +} FILINFO; + + + +/* File function return code (FRESULT) */ + +typedef enum { +	FR_OK = 0,				/* (0) Succeeded */ +	FR_DISK_ERR,			/* (1) A hard error occurred in the low level disk I/O layer */ +	FR_INT_ERR,				/* (2) Assertion failed */ +	FR_NOT_READY,			/* (3) The physical drive cannot work */ +	FR_NO_FILE,				/* (4) Could not find the file */ +	FR_NO_PATH,				/* (5) Could not find the path */ +	FR_INVALID_NAME,		/* (6) The path name format is invalid */ +	FR_DENIED,				/* (7) Access denied due to prohibited access or directory full */ +	FR_EXIST,				/* (8) Access denied due to prohibited access */ +	FR_INVALID_OBJECT,		/* (9) The file/directory object is invalid */ +	FR_WRITE_PROTECTED,		/* (10) The physical drive is write protected */ +	FR_INVALID_DRIVE,		/* (11) The logical drive number is invalid */ +	FR_NOT_ENABLED,			/* (12) The volume has no work area */ +	FR_NO_FILESYSTEM,		/* (13) There is no valid FAT volume */ +	FR_MKFS_ABORTED,		/* (14) The f_mkfs() aborted due to any parameter error */ +	FR_TIMEOUT,				/* (15) Could not get a grant to access the volume within defined period */ +	FR_LOCKED,				/* (16) The operation is rejected according to the file sharing policy */ +	FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE,		/* (17) LFN working buffer could not be allocated */ +	FR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES,	/* (18) Number of open files > _FS_SHARE */ +	FR_INVALID_PARAMETER	/* (19) Given parameter is invalid */ +} FRESULT; + + + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* FatFs module application interface                           */ + +FRESULT f_mount (BYTE, FATFS*);						/* Mount/Unmount a logical drive */ +FRESULT f_open (FIL*, const TCHAR*, BYTE);			/* Open or create a file */ +FRESULT f_read (FIL*, void*, UINT, UINT*);			/* Read data from a file */ +FRESULT f_lseek (FIL*, DWORD);						/* Move file pointer of a file object */ +FRESULT f_close (FIL*);								/* Close an open file object */ +FRESULT f_opendir (DIR*, const TCHAR*);				/* Open an existing directory */ +FRESULT f_readdir (DIR*, FILINFO*);					/* Read a directory item */ +FRESULT f_stat (const TCHAR*, FILINFO*);			/* Get file status */ +FRESULT f_write (FIL*, const void*, UINT, UINT*);	/* Write data to a file */ +FRESULT f_getfree (const TCHAR*, DWORD*, FATFS**);	/* Get number of free clusters on the drive */ +FRESULT f_truncate (FIL*);							/* Truncate file */ +FRESULT f_sync (FIL*);								/* Flush cached data of a writing file */ +FRESULT f_unlink (const TCHAR*);					/* Delete an existing file or directory */ +FRESULT	f_mkdir (const TCHAR*);						/* Create a new directory */ +FRESULT f_chmod (const TCHAR*, BYTE, BYTE);			/* Change attribute of the file/dir */ +FRESULT f_utime (const TCHAR*, const FILINFO*);		/* Change times-tamp of the file/dir */ +FRESULT f_rename (const TCHAR*, const TCHAR*);		/* Rename/Move a file or directory */ +FRESULT f_chdrive (BYTE);							/* Change current drive */ +FRESULT f_chdir (const TCHAR*);						/* Change current directory */ +FRESULT f_getcwd (TCHAR*, UINT);					/* Get current directory */ +FRESULT f_forward (FIL*, UINT(*)(const BYTE*,UINT), UINT, UINT*);	/* Forward data to the stream */ +FRESULT f_mkfs (BYTE, BYTE, UINT);					/* Create a file system on the drive */ +FRESULT	f_fdisk (BYTE, const DWORD[], void*);		/* Divide a physical drive into some partitions */ +int f_putc (TCHAR, FIL*);							/* Put a character to the file */ +int f_puts (const TCHAR*, FIL*);					/* Put a string to the file */ +int f_printf (FIL*, const TCHAR*, ...);				/* Put a formatted string to the file */ +TCHAR* f_gets (TCHAR*, int, FIL*);					/* Get a string from the file */ + +#define f_eof(fp) (((fp)->fptr == (fp)->fsize) ? 1 : 0) +#define f_error(fp) (((fp)->flag & FA__ERROR) ? 1 : 0) +#define f_tell(fp) ((fp)->fptr) +#define f_size(fp) ((fp)->fsize) + +#ifndef EOF +#define EOF (-1) +#endif + + + + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Additional user defined functions                            */ + +/* RTC function */ +#if !_FS_READONLY +DWORD get_fattime (void); +#endif + +/* Unicode support functions */ +#if _USE_LFN						/* Unicode - OEM code conversion */ +WCHAR ff_convert (WCHAR, UINT);		/* OEM-Unicode bidirectional conversion */ +WCHAR ff_wtoupper (WCHAR);			/* Unicode upper-case conversion */ +#if _USE_LFN == 3					/* Memory functions */ +void* ff_memalloc (UINT);			/* Allocate memory block */ +void ff_memfree (void*);			/* Free memory block */ +#endif +#endif + +/* Sync functions */ +#if _FS_REENTRANT +int ff_cre_syncobj (BYTE, _SYNC_t*);/* Create a sync object */ +int ff_req_grant (_SYNC_t);			/* Lock sync object */ +void ff_rel_grant (_SYNC_t);		/* Unlock sync object */ +int ff_del_syncobj (_SYNC_t);		/* Delete a sync object */ +#endif + + + + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Flags and offset address                                     */ + + +/* File access control and file status flags (FIL.flag) */ + +#define	FA_READ				0x01 +#define	FA_OPEN_EXISTING	0x00 +#define FA__ERROR			0x80 + +#if !_FS_READONLY +#define	FA_WRITE			0x02 +#define	FA_CREATE_NEW		0x04 +#define	FA_CREATE_ALWAYS	0x08 +#define	FA_OPEN_ALWAYS		0x10 +#define FA__WRITTEN			0x20 +#define FA__DIRTY			0x40 +#endif + + +/* FAT sub type (FATFS.fs_type) */ + +#define FS_FAT12	1 +#define FS_FAT16	2 +#define FS_FAT32	3 + + +/* File attribute bits for directory entry */ + +#define	AM_RDO	0x01	/* Read only */ +#define	AM_HID	0x02	/* Hidden */ +#define	AM_SYS	0x04	/* System */ +#define	AM_VOL	0x08	/* Volume label */ +#define AM_LFN	0x0F	/* LFN entry */ +#define AM_DIR	0x10	/* Directory */ +#define AM_ARC	0x20	/* Archive */ +#define AM_MASK	0x3F	/* Mask of defined bits */ + + +/* Fast seek feature */ +#define CREATE_LINKMAP	0xFFFFFFFF + + + +/*--------------------------------*/ +/* Multi-byte word access macros  */ + +#if _WORD_ACCESS == 1	/* Enable word access to the FAT structure */ +#define	LD_WORD(ptr)		(WORD)(*(WORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)) +#define	LD_DWORD(ptr)		(DWORD)(*(DWORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)) +#define	ST_WORD(ptr,val)	*(WORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)=(WORD)(val) +#define	ST_DWORD(ptr,val)	*(DWORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)=(DWORD)(val) +#else					/* Use byte-by-byte access to the FAT structure */ +#define	LD_WORD(ptr)		(WORD)(((WORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)<<8)|(WORD)*(BYTE*)(ptr)) +#define	LD_DWORD(ptr)		(DWORD)(((DWORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+3)<<24)|((DWORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+2)<<16)|((WORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)<<8)|*(BYTE*)(ptr)) +#define	ST_WORD(ptr,val)	*(BYTE*)(ptr)=(BYTE)(val); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)=(BYTE)((WORD)(val)>>8) +#define	ST_DWORD(ptr,val)	*(BYTE*)(ptr)=(BYTE)(val); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)=(BYTE)((WORD)(val)>>8); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+2)=(BYTE)((DWORD)(val)>>16); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+3)=(BYTE)((DWORD)(val)>>24) +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* _FATFS */ diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..63a4e78236 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h @@ -0,0 +1,191 @@ +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/ +/  FatFs - FAT file system module configuration file  R0.09a (C)ChaN, 2012 +/----------------------------------------------------------------------------/ +/ +/ CAUTION! Do not forget to make clean the project after any changes to +/ the configuration options. +/ +/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef _FFCONF +#define _FFCONF 4004	/* Revision ID */ + + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/ +/ Function and Buffer Configurations +/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define	_FS_TINY	1		/* 0:Normal or 1:Tiny */ +/* When _FS_TINY is set to 1, FatFs uses the sector buffer in the file system +/  object instead of the sector buffer in the individual file object for file +/  data transfer. This reduces memory consumption 512 bytes each file object. */ + + +#define _FS_READONLY	0	/* 0:Read/Write or 1:Read only */ +/* Setting _FS_READONLY to 1 defines read only configuration. This removes +/  writing functions, f_write, f_sync, f_unlink, f_mkdir, f_chmod, f_rename, +/  f_truncate and useless f_getfree. */ + + +#define _FS_MINIMIZE	2	/* 0 to 3 */ +/* The _FS_MINIMIZE option defines minimization level to remove some functions. +/ +/   0: Full function. +/   1: f_stat, f_getfree, f_unlink, f_mkdir, f_chmod, f_truncate and f_rename +/      are removed. +/   2: f_opendir and f_readdir are removed in addition to 1. +/   3: f_lseek is removed in addition to 2. */ + + +#define	_USE_STRFUNC	0	/* 0:Disable or 1-2:Enable */ +/* To enable string functions, set _USE_STRFUNC to 1 or 2. */ + + +#define	_USE_MKFS	0		/* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */ +/* To enable f_mkfs function, set _USE_MKFS to 1 and set _FS_READONLY to 0 */ + + +#define	_USE_FORWARD	0	/* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */ +/* To enable f_forward function, set _USE_FORWARD to 1 and set _FS_TINY to 1. */ + + +#define	_USE_FASTSEEK	0	/* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */ +/* To enable fast seek feature, set _USE_FASTSEEK to 1. */ + + + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/ +/ Locale and Namespace Configurations +/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define _CODE_PAGE	932 +/* The _CODE_PAGE specifies the OEM code page to be used on the target system. +/  Incorrect setting of the code page can cause a file open failure. +/ +/   932  - Japanese Shift-JIS (DBCS, OEM, Windows) +/   936  - Simplified Chinese GBK (DBCS, OEM, Windows) +/   949  - Korean (DBCS, OEM, Windows) +/   950  - Traditional Chinese Big5 (DBCS, OEM, Windows) +/   1250 - Central Europe (Windows) +/   1251 - Cyrillic (Windows) +/   1252 - Latin 1 (Windows) +/   1253 - Greek (Windows) +/   1254 - Turkish (Windows) +/   1255 - Hebrew (Windows) +/   1256 - Arabic (Windows) +/   1257 - Baltic (Windows) +/   1258 - Vietnam (OEM, Windows) +/   437  - U.S. (OEM) +/   720  - Arabic (OEM) +/   737  - Greek (OEM) +/   775  - Baltic (OEM) +/   850  - Multilingual Latin 1 (OEM) +/   858  - Multilingual Latin 1 + Euro (OEM) +/   852  - Latin 2 (OEM) +/   855  - Cyrillic (OEM) +/   866  - Russian (OEM) +/   857  - Turkish (OEM) +/   862  - Hebrew (OEM) +/   874  - Thai (OEM, Windows) +/	1    - ASCII only (Valid for non LFN cfg.) +*/ + + +#define	_USE_LFN	0		/* 0 to 3 */ +#define	_MAX_LFN	255		/* Maximum LFN length to handle (12 to 255) */ +/* The _USE_LFN option switches the LFN support. +/ +/   0: Disable LFN feature. _MAX_LFN and _LFN_UNICODE have no effect. +/   1: Enable LFN with static working buffer on the BSS. Always NOT reentrant. +/   2: Enable LFN with dynamic working buffer on the STACK. +/   3: Enable LFN with dynamic working buffer on the HEAP. +/ +/  The LFN working buffer occupies (_MAX_LFN + 1) * 2 bytes. To enable LFN, +/  Unicode handling functions ff_convert() and ff_wtoupper() must be added +/  to the project. When enable to use heap, memory control functions +/  ff_memalloc() and ff_memfree() must be added to the project. */ + + +#define	_LFN_UNICODE	0	/* 0:ANSI/OEM or 1:Unicode */ +/* To switch the character code set on FatFs API to Unicode, +/  enable LFN feature and set _LFN_UNICODE to 1. */ + + +#define _FS_RPATH		0	/* 0 to 2 */ +/* The _FS_RPATH option configures relative path feature. +/ +/   0: Disable relative path feature and remove related functions. +/   1: Enable relative path. f_chdrive() and f_chdir() are available. +/   2: f_getcwd() is available in addition to 1. +/ +/  Note that output of the f_readdir fnction is affected by this option. */ + + + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/ +/ Physical Drive Configurations +/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define _VOLUMES	1 +/* Number of volumes (logical drives) to be used. */ + + +#define	_MAX_SS		512		/* 512, 1024, 2048 or 4096 */ +/* Maximum sector size to be handled. +/  Always set 512 for memory card and hard disk but a larger value may be +/  required for on-board flash memory, floppy disk and optical disk. +/  When _MAX_SS is larger than 512, it configures FatFs to variable sector size +/  and GET_SECTOR_SIZE command must be implememted to the disk_ioctl function. */ + + +#define	_MULTI_PARTITION	0	/* 0:Single partition, 1/2:Enable multiple partition */ +/* When set to 0, each volume is bound to the same physical drive number and +/ it can mount only first primaly partition. When it is set to 1, each volume +/ is tied to the partitions listed in VolToPart[]. */ + + +#define	_USE_ERASE	0	/* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */ +/* To enable sector erase feature, set _USE_ERASE to 1. CTRL_ERASE_SECTOR command +/  should be added to the disk_ioctl functio. */ + + + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/ +/ System Configurations +/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define _WORD_ACCESS	1	/* 0 or 1 */ +/* Set 0 first and it is always compatible with all platforms. The _WORD_ACCESS +/  option defines which access method is used to the word data on the FAT volume. +/ +/   0: Byte-by-byte access. +/   1: Word access. Do not choose this unless following condition is met. +/ +/  When the byte order on the memory is big-endian or address miss-aligned word +/  access results incorrect behavior, the _WORD_ACCESS must be set to 0. +/  If it is not the case, the value can also be set to 1 to improve the +/  performance and code size. +*/ + + +/* A header file that defines sync object types on the O/S, such as +/  windows.h, ucos_ii.h and semphr.h, must be included prior to ff.h. */ + +#define _FS_REENTRANT	0		/* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */ +#define _FS_TIMEOUT		1000	/* Timeout period in unit of time ticks */ +#define	_SYNC_t			HANDLE	/* O/S dependent type of sync object. e.g. HANDLE, OS_EVENT*, ID and etc.. */ + +/* The _FS_REENTRANT option switches the reentrancy (thread safe) of the FatFs module. +/ +/   0: Disable reentrancy. _SYNC_t and _FS_TIMEOUT have no effect. +/   1: Enable reentrancy. Also user provided synchronization handlers, +/      ff_req_grant, ff_rel_grant, ff_del_syncobj and ff_cre_syncobj +/      function must be added to the project. */ + + +#define	_FS_LOCK	0	/* 0:Disable or >=1:Enable */ +/* To enable file lock control feature, set _FS_LOCK to 1 or greater. +   The value defines how many files can be opened simultaneously. */ + + +#endif /* _FFCONFIG */ + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/integer.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/integer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5408fe6b3e --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/integer.h @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +/*-------------------------------------------*/ +/* Integer type definitions for FatFs module */ +/*-------------------------------------------*/ + +#ifndef _INTEGER +#define _INTEGER + +#ifdef _WIN32	/* FatFs development platform */ + +#include <windows.h> +#include <tchar.h> + +#else			/* Embedded platform */ + +/* These types must be 16-bit, 32-bit or larger integer */ +typedef int				INT; +typedef unsigned int	UINT; + +/* These types must be 8-bit integer */ +typedef char			CHAR; +typedef unsigned char	UCHAR; +typedef unsigned char	BYTE; + +/* These types must be 16-bit integer */ +typedef short			SHORT; +typedef unsigned short	USHORT; +typedef unsigned short	WORD; +typedef unsigned short	WCHAR; + +/* These types must be 32-bit integer */ +typedef long			LONG; +typedef unsigned long	ULONG; +typedef unsigned long	DWORD; + +#endif + +#endif + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a5291eaf3c --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.c @@ -0,0 +1,159 @@ +/* +     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + +  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com +           www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +#include "RTC.h" + +#if defined(DUMMY_RTC) + +/** Current dummy RTC time and date */ +static volatile TimeDate_t DummyRTC_Count; + +void RTC_Init(void) +{ +	DummyRTC_Count.Hour   = 0; +	DummyRTC_Count.Minute = 0; +	DummyRTC_Count.Second = 0; +	DummyRTC_Count.Day    = 1; +	DummyRTC_Count.Month  = 1; +	DummyRTC_Count.Year   = 00; +} + +void RTC_Tick500ms(void) +{ +	static bool HalfSecondElapsed = false; + +	HalfSecondElapsed = !HalfSecondElapsed; +	if (HalfSecondElapsed == false) +	  return; + +	if (++DummyRTC_Count.Second < 60) +	  return; + +	DummyRTC_Count.Second = 0; + +	if (++DummyRTC_Count.Minute < 60) +	  return; + +	DummyRTC_Count.Minute = 0; + +	if (++DummyRTC_Count.Hour < 24) +	  return; + +	DummyRTC_Count.Hour = 0; + +	static const char MonthLength[12] = {31, 28, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31}; +	uint8_t DaysInMonth = MonthLength[DummyRTC_Count.Month - 1]; + +	/* Check if we need to account for a leap year */ +	if ((DummyRTC_Count.Month == 2) && +	    ((!(DummyRTC_Count.Year % 400)) || ((DummyRTC_Count.Year % 100) && !(DummyRTC_Count.Year % 4)))) +	{ +		DaysInMonth++; +	} + +	if (++DummyRTC_Count.Day <= DaysInMonth) +	  return; + +	DummyRTC_Count.Day = 1; + +	if (++DummyRTC_Count.Month <= 12) +	  return; + +	DummyRTC_Count.Month = 1; +	DummyRTC_Count.Year++; +} + +bool RTC_SetTimeDate(const TimeDate_t* NewTimeDate) +{ +	GlobalInterruptDisable(); +	DummyRTC_Count = *NewTimeDate; +	GlobalInterruptEnable(); + +	return true; +} + +bool RTC_GetTimeDate(TimeDate_t* const TimeDate) +{ +	GlobalInterruptDisable(); +	*TimeDate = DummyRTC_Count; +	GlobalInterruptEnable(); + +	return true; +} + +#else + +void RTC_Init(void) +{ +	/* Unused for a real external DS1307 RTC device */ +} + +void RTC_Tick500ms(void) +{ +	/* Unused for a real external DS1307 RTC device */ +} + +bool RTC_SetTimeDate(const TimeDate_t* NewTimeDate) +{ +	DS1307_DateTimeRegs_t NewRegValues; +	const uint8_t         WriteAddress = 0; + +	// Convert new time data to the DS1307's time register layout +	NewRegValues.Byte1.Fields.TenSec    = (NewTimeDate->Second / 10); +	NewRegValues.Byte1.Fields.Sec       = (NewTimeDate->Second % 10); +	NewRegValues.Byte1.Fields.CH        = false; +	NewRegValues.Byte2.Fields.TenMin    = (NewTimeDate->Minute / 10); +	NewRegValues.Byte2.Fields.Min       = (NewTimeDate->Minute % 10); +	NewRegValues.Byte3.Fields.TenHour   = (NewTimeDate->Hour / 10); +	NewRegValues.Byte3.Fields.Hour      = (NewTimeDate->Hour % 10); +	NewRegValues.Byte3.Fields.TwelveHourMode = false; + +	// Convert new date data to the DS1307's date register layout +	NewRegValues.Byte4.Fields.DayOfWeek = 0; +	NewRegValues.Byte5.Fields.TenDay    = (NewTimeDate->Day / 10); +	NewRegValues.Byte5.Fields.Day       = (NewTimeDate->Day % 10); +	NewRegValues.Byte6.Fields.TenMonth  = (NewTimeDate->Month / 10); +	NewRegValues.Byte6.Fields.Month     = (NewTimeDate->Month % 10); +	NewRegValues.Byte7.Fields.TenYear   = (NewTimeDate->Year / 10); +	NewRegValues.Byte7.Fields.Year      = (NewTimeDate->Year % 10); + +	// Write the new Time and Date into the DS1307 +	if (TWI_WritePacket(DS1307_ADDRESS, 10, &WriteAddress, sizeof(WriteAddress), +	                   (uint8_t*)&NewRegValues, sizeof(DS1307_DateTimeRegs_t)) != TWI_ERROR_NoError) +	{ +		return false; +	} + +	return true; +} + +bool RTC_GetTimeDate(TimeDate_t* const TimeDate) +{ +	DS1307_DateTimeRegs_t CurrentRegValues; +	const uint8_t         ReadAddress = 0; + +	// Read in the stored Time and Date from the DS1307 +	if (TWI_ReadPacket(DS1307_ADDRESS, 10, &ReadAddress, sizeof(ReadAddress), +	                   (uint8_t*)&CurrentRegValues, sizeof(DS1307_DateTimeRegs_t)) != TWI_ERROR_NoError) +	{ +		return false; +	} + +	// Convert stored time value into decimal +	TimeDate->Second  = (CurrentRegValues.Byte1.Fields.TenSec  * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte1.Fields.Sec; +	TimeDate->Minute  = (CurrentRegValues.Byte2.Fields.TenMin  * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte2.Fields.Min; +	TimeDate->Hour    = (CurrentRegValues.Byte3.Fields.TenHour * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte3.Fields.Hour; + +	// Convert stored date value into decimal +	TimeDate->Day    = (CurrentRegValues.Byte5.Fields.TenDay   * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte5.Fields.Day; +	TimeDate->Month  = (CurrentRegValues.Byte6.Fields.TenMonth * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte6.Fields.Month; +	TimeDate->Year   = (CurrentRegValues.Byte7.Fields.TenYear  * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte7.Fields.Year; + +	return true; +} + +#endif diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f35b8ff1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.h @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +/* +     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + +  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com +           www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +#ifndef _RTC_H_ +#define _RTC_H_ + +	/* Includes: */ +		#include <avr/io.h> + +		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h> + +		#include "Config/AppConfig.h" + +	/* Type Defines: */ +		typedef struct +		{ +			uint8_t Hour; +			uint8_t Minute; +			uint8_t Second; +			uint8_t Day; +			uint8_t Month; +			uint8_t Year; +		} TimeDate_t; + +		typedef struct +		{ +			union +			{ +				struct +				{ +					unsigned Sec            : 4; +					unsigned TenSec         : 3; +					unsigned CH             : 1; +				} Fields; + +				uint8_t IntVal; +			} Byte1; + +			union +			{ +				struct +				{ +					unsigned Min            : 4; +					unsigned TenMin         : 3; +					unsigned Reserved       : 1; +				} Fields; + +				uint8_t IntVal; +			} Byte2; + +			union +			{ +				struct +				{ +					unsigned Hour            : 4; +					unsigned TenHour         : 2; +					unsigned TwelveHourMode  : 1; +					unsigned Reserved        : 1; +				} Fields; + +				uint8_t IntVal; +			} Byte3; + +			union +			{ +				struct +				{ +					unsigned DayOfWeek       : 3; +					unsigned Reserved        : 5; +				} Fields; + +				uint8_t IntVal; +			} Byte4; + +			union +			{ +				struct +				{ +					unsigned Day             : 4; +					unsigned TenDay          : 2; +					unsigned Reserved        : 2; +				} Fields; + +				uint8_t IntVal; +			} Byte5; + +			union +			{ +				struct +				{ +					unsigned Month           : 4; +					unsigned TenMonth        : 1; +					unsigned Reserved        : 3; +				} Fields; + +				uint8_t IntVal; +			} Byte6; + +			union +			{ +				struct +				{ +					unsigned Year            : 4; +					unsigned TenYear         : 4; +				} Fields; + +				uint8_t IntVal; +			} Byte7; +		} DS1307_DateTimeRegs_t; + +	/* Macros: */ +		/** TWI address of the DS1307 device on the bus. */ +		#define DS1307_ADDRESS       0xD0 + +	/* Function Prototypes: */ +		void RTC_Init(void); +		void RTC_Tick500ms(void); +		bool RTC_SetTimeDate(const TimeDate_t* NewTimeDate); +		bool RTC_GetTimeDate(TimeDate_t* const TimeDate); + +#endif + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4fbbfd60e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.c @@ -0,0 +1,344 @@ +/* +             LUFA Library +     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + +  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com +           www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* +  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + +  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this +  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted +  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in +  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this +  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting +  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in +  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the +  software without specific, written prior permission. + +  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this +  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability +  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any +  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages +  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether +  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, +  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of +  this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + *  SCSI command processing routines, for SCSI commands issued by the host. Mass Storage + *  devices use a thin "Bulk-Only Transport" protocol for issuing commands and status information, + *  which wrap around standard SCSI device commands for controlling the actual storage medium. + */ + +#define  INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C +#include "SCSI.h" + +/** Structure to hold the SCSI response data to a SCSI INQUIRY command. This gives information about the device's + *  features and capabilities. + */ +static const SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData = +	{ +		.DeviceType          = DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK, +		.PeripheralQualifier = 0, + +		.Removable           = true, + +		.Version             = 0, + +		.ResponseDataFormat  = 2, +		.NormACA             = false, +		.TrmTsk              = false, +		.AERC                = false, + +		.AdditionalLength    = 0x1F, + +		.SoftReset           = false, +		.CmdQue              = false, +		.Linked              = false, +		.Sync                = false, +		.WideBus16Bit        = false, +		.WideBus32Bit        = false, +		.RelAddr             = false, + +		.VendorID            = "LUFA", +		.ProductID           = "Dataflash Disk", +		.RevisionID          = {'0','.','0','0'}, +	}; + +/** Structure to hold the sense data for the last issued SCSI command, which is returned to the host after a SCSI REQUEST SENSE + *  command is issued. This gives information on exactly why the last command failed to complete. + */ +static SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData = +	{ +		.ResponseCode        = 0x70, +		.AdditionalLength    = 0x0A, +	}; + + +/** Main routine to process the SCSI command located in the Command Block Wrapper read from the host. This dispatches + *  to the appropriate SCSI command handling routine if the issued command is supported by the device, else it returns + *  a command failure due to a ILLEGAL REQUEST. + * + *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with + * + *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise + */ +bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) +{ +	bool CommandSuccess = false; + +	/* Run the appropriate SCSI command hander function based on the passed command */ +	switch (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[0]) +	{ +		case SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY: +			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Inquiry(MSInterfaceInfo); +			break; +		case SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE: +			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(MSInterfaceInfo); +			break; +		case SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10: +			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(MSInterfaceInfo); +			break; +		case SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC: +			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(MSInterfaceInfo); +			break; +		case SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10: +			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_WRITE); +			break; +		case SCSI_CMD_READ_10: +			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_READ); +			break; +		case SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6: +			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(MSInterfaceInfo); +			break; +		case SCSI_CMD_START_STOP_UNIT: +		case SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY: +		case SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL: +		case SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10: +			/* These commands should just succeed, no handling required */ +			CommandSuccess = true; +			MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0; +			break; +		default: +			/* Update the SENSE key to reflect the invalid command */ +			SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST, +		                   SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND, +		                   SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); +			break; +	} + +	/* Check if command was successfully processed */ +	if (CommandSuccess) +	{ +		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD, +		               SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION, +		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); + +		return true; +	} + +	return false; +} + +/** Command processing for an issued SCSI INQUIRY command. This command returns information about the device's features + *  and capabilities to the host. + * + *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with + * + *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise. + */ +static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) +{ +	uint16_t AllocationLength  = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3]); +	uint16_t BytesTransferred  = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(InquiryData)); + +	/* Only the standard INQUIRY data is supported, check if any optional INQUIRY bits set */ +	if ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1))) || +	     MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]) +	{ +		/* Optional but unsupported bits set - update the SENSE key and fail the request */ +		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST, +		               SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB, +		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); + +		return false; +	} + +	Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&InquiryData, BytesTransferred, NULL); + +	/* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */ +	Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL); + +	/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */ +	Endpoint_ClearIN(); + +	/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */ +	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred; + +	return true; +} + +/** Command processing for an issued SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. This command returns information about the last issued command, + *  including the error code and additional error information so that the host can determine why a command failed to complete. + * + *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with + * + *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise. + */ +static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) +{ +	uint8_t  AllocationLength = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4]; +	uint8_t  BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(SenseData)); + +	Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&SenseData, BytesTransferred, NULL); +	Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL); +	Endpoint_ClearIN(); + +	/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */ +	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred; + +	return true; +} + +/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ CAPACITY (10) command. This command returns information about the device's capacity + *  on the selected Logical Unit (drive), as a number of OS-sized blocks. + * + *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with + * + *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise. + */ +static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) +{ +	uint32_t LastBlockAddressInLUN = (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS - 1); +	uint32_t MediaBlockSize        = VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE; + +	Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&LastBlockAddressInLUN, sizeof(LastBlockAddressInLUN), NULL); +	Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&MediaBlockSize, sizeof(MediaBlockSize), NULL); +	Endpoint_ClearIN(); + +	/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */ +	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 8; + +	return true; +} + +/** Command processing for an issued SCSI SEND DIAGNOSTIC command. This command performs a quick check of the Dataflash ICs on the + *  board, and indicates if they are present and functioning correctly. Only the Self-Test portion of the diagnostic command is + *  supported. + * + *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with + * + *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise. + */ +static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) +{ +	/* Check to see if the SELF TEST bit is not set */ +	if (!(MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & (1 << 2))) +	{ +		/* Only self-test supported - update SENSE key and fail the command */ +		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST, +		               SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB, +		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); + +		return false; +	} + +	/* Check to see if all attached Dataflash ICs are functional */ +	if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation())) +	{ +		/* Update SENSE key with a hardware error condition and return command fail */ +		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR, +		               SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION, +		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); + +		return false; +	} + +	/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */ +	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0; + +	return true; +} + +/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ (10) or WRITE (10) command. This command reads in the block start address + *  and total number of blocks to process, then calls the appropriate low-level Dataflash routine to handle the actual + *  reading and writing of the data. + * + *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with + *  \param[in] IsDataRead  Indicates if the command is a READ (10) command or WRITE (10) command (DATA_READ or DATA_WRITE) + * + *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise. + */ +static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, +                                      const bool IsDataRead) +{ +	uint32_t BlockAddress; +	uint16_t TotalBlocks; + +	/* Check if the disk is write protected or not */ +	if ((IsDataRead == DATA_WRITE) && DISK_READ_ONLY) +	{ +		/* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */ +		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_DATA_PROTECT, +		               SCSI_ASENSE_WRITE_PROTECTED, +		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); + +		return false; +	} + +	/* Load in the 32-bit block address (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */ +	BlockAddress = SwapEndian_32(*(uint32_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]); + +	/* Load in the 16-bit total blocks (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */ +	TotalBlocks  = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[7]); + +	/* Check if the block address is outside the maximum allowable value for the LUN */ +	if (BlockAddress >= VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS) +	{ +		/* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */ +		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST, +		               SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE, +		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); + +		return false; +	} + +	/* Determine if the packet is a READ (10) or WRITE (10) command, call appropriate function */ +	if (IsDataRead == DATA_READ) +	  DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks); +	else +	  DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks); + +	/* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */ +	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= ((uint32_t)TotalBlocks * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE); + +	return true; +} + +/** Command processing for an issued SCSI MODE SENSE (6) command. This command returns various informational pages about + *  the SCSI device, as well as the device's Write Protect status. + * + *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with + * + *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise. + */ +static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) +{ +	/* Send an empty header response with the Write Protect flag status */ +	Endpoint_Write_8(0x00); +	Endpoint_Write_8(0x00); +	Endpoint_Write_8(DISK_READ_ONLY ? 0x80 : 0x00); +	Endpoint_Write_8(0x00); +	Endpoint_ClearIN(); + +	/* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */ +	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 4; + +	return true; +} + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..494b31bf8c --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.h @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +/* +             LUFA Library +     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + +  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com +           www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* +  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + +  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this +  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted +  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in +  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this +  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting +  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in +  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the +  software without specific, written prior permission. + +  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this +  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability +  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any +  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages +  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether +  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, +  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of +  this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + *  Header file for SCSI.c. + */ + +#ifndef _SCSI_H_ +#define _SCSI_H_ + +	/* Includes: */ +		#include <avr/io.h> +		#include <avr/pgmspace.h> + +		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + +		#include "../TempDataLogger.h" +		#include "../Descriptors.h" +		#include "DataflashManager.h" +		#include "Config/AppConfig.h" + +	/* Macros: */ +		/** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This +		 *  is for convenience, as it allows for all three sense values (returned upon request to the host to give information about +		 *  the last command failure) in a quick and easy manner. +		 * +		 *  \param[in] Key    New SCSI sense key to set the sense code to +		 *  \param[in] Acode  New SCSI additional sense key to set the additional sense code to +		 *  \param[in] Aqual  New SCSI additional sense key qualifier to set the additional sense qualifier code to +		 */ +		#define SCSI_SET_SENSE(Key, Acode, Aqual)  do { SenseData.SenseKey                 = (Key);   \ +		                                                SenseData.AdditionalSenseCode      = (Acode); \ +		                                                SenseData.AdditionalSenseQualifier = (Aqual); } while (0) + +		/** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be read from the storage medium. */ +		#define DATA_READ           true + +		/** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be written to the storage medium. */ +		#define DATA_WRITE          false + +		/** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a Block Media device. */ +		#define DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK   0x00 + +		/** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a CD-ROM device. */ +		#define DEVICE_TYPE_CDROM   0x05 + +	/* Function Prototypes: */ +		bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo); + +		#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C) +			static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo); +			static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo); +			static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo); +			static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo); +			static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, +			                                      const bool IsDataRead); +			static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo); +		#endif + +#endif + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1dc267a6fc --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.c @@ -0,0 +1,331 @@ +/* +             LUFA Library +     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + +  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com +           www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* +  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + +  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this +  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted +  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in +  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this +  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting +  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in +  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the +  software without specific, written prior permission. + +  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this +  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability +  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any +  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages +  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether +  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, +  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of +  this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + *  Main source file for the TemperatureDataLogger project. This file contains the main tasks of + *  the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration. + */ + +#include "TempDataLogger.h" + +/** LUFA Mass Storage Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is + *  passed to all Mass Storage Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class + *  within a device can be differentiated from one another. + */ +USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t Disk_MS_Interface = +	{ +		.Config = +			{ +				.InterfaceNumber           = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage, +				.DataINEndpoint            = +					{ +						.Address           = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR, +						.Size              = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE, +						.Banks             = 1, +					}, +				.DataOUTEndpoint           = +					{ +						.Address           = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR, +						.Size              = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE, +						.Banks             = 1, +					}, +				.TotalLUNs                 = 1, +			}, +	}; + +/** Buffer to hold the previously generated HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */ +static uint8_t PrevHIDReportBuffer[GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE]; + +/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is + *  passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class + *  within a device can be differentiated from one another. + */ +USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Generic_HID_Interface = +	{ +		.Config = +			{ +				.InterfaceNumber              = INTERFACE_ID_HID, +				.ReportINEndpoint             = +					{ +						.Address              = GENERIC_IN_EPADDR, +						.Size                 = GENERIC_EPSIZE, +						.Banks                = 1, +					}, +				.PrevReportINBuffer           = PrevHIDReportBuffer, +				.PrevReportINBufferSize       = sizeof(PrevHIDReportBuffer), +			}, +	}; + +/** Non-volatile Logging Interval value in EEPROM, stored as a number of 500ms ticks */ +static uint8_t EEMEM LoggingInterval500MS_EEPROM = DEFAULT_LOG_INTERVAL; + +/** SRAM Logging Interval value fetched from EEPROM, stored as a number of 500ms ticks */ +static uint8_t LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM; + +/** Total number of 500ms logging ticks elapsed since the last log value was recorded */ +static uint16_t CurrentLoggingTicks; + +/** FAT Fs structure to hold the internal state of the FAT driver for the Dataflash contents. */ +static FATFS DiskFATState; + +/** FAT Fs structure to hold a FAT file handle for the log data write destination. */ +static FIL TempLogFile; + + +/** ISR to handle the 500ms ticks for sampling and data logging */ +ISR(TIMER1_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK) +{ +	/* Signal a 500ms tick has elapsed to the RTC */ +	RTC_Tick500ms(); + +	/* Check to see if the logging interval has expired */ +	if (++CurrentLoggingTicks < LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM) +	  return; + +	/* Reset log tick counter to prepare for next logging interval */ +	CurrentLoggingTicks = 0; + +	uint8_t LEDMask = LEDs_GetLEDs(); +	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY); + +	/* Only log when not connected to a USB host */ +	if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached) +	{ +		TimeDate_t CurrentTimeDate; +		RTC_GetTimeDate(&CurrentTimeDate); + +		char     LineBuffer[100]; +		uint16_t BytesWritten; + +		BytesWritten = sprintf(LineBuffer, "%02d/%02d/20%02d, %02d:%02d:%02d, %d Degrees\r\n", +		                       CurrentTimeDate.Day, CurrentTimeDate.Month, CurrentTimeDate.Year, +		                       CurrentTimeDate.Hour, CurrentTimeDate.Minute, CurrentTimeDate.Second, +		                       Temperature_GetTemperature()); + +		f_write(&TempLogFile, LineBuffer, BytesWritten, &BytesWritten); +		f_sync(&TempLogFile); +	} + +	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask); +} + +/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial + *  setup of all components and the main program loop. + */ +int main(void) +{ +	SetupHardware(); + +	/* Fetch logging interval from EEPROM */ +	LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM = eeprom_read_byte(&LoggingInterval500MS_EEPROM); + +	/* Check if the logging interval is invalid (0xFF) indicating that the EEPROM is blank */ +	if (LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM == 0xFF) +	  LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM = DEFAULT_LOG_INTERVAL; + +	/* Mount and open the log file on the Dataflash FAT partition */ +	OpenLogFile(); + +	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); +	GlobalInterruptEnable(); + +	for (;;) +	{ +		MS_Device_USBTask(&Disk_MS_Interface); +		HID_Device_USBTask(&Generic_HID_Interface); +		USB_USBTask(); +	} +} + +/** Opens the log file on the Dataflash's FAT formatted partition according to the current date */ +void OpenLogFile(void) +{ +	char LogFileName[12]; + +	/* Get the current date for the filename as "DDMMYY.csv" */ +	TimeDate_t CurrentTimeDate; +	RTC_GetTimeDate(&CurrentTimeDate); +	sprintf(LogFileName, "%02d%02d%02d.csv", CurrentTimeDate.Day, CurrentTimeDate.Month, CurrentTimeDate.Year); + +	/* Mount the storage device, open the file */ +	f_mount(0, &DiskFATState); +	f_open(&TempLogFile, LogFileName, FA_OPEN_ALWAYS | FA_WRITE); +	f_lseek(&TempLogFile, TempLogFile.fsize); +} + +/** Closes the open data log file on the Dataflash's FAT formatted partition */ +void CloseLogFile(void) +{ +	/* Sync any data waiting to be written, unmount the storage device */ +	f_sync(&TempLogFile); +	f_close(&TempLogFile); +} + +/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */ +void SetupHardware(void) +{ +#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) +	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ +	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); +	wdt_disable(); + +	/* Disable clock division */ +	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); +#endif + +	/* Hardware Initialization */ +	LEDs_Init(); +	ADC_Init(ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_128); +	Temperature_Init(); +	Dataflash_Init(); +	USB_Init(); +	TWI_Init(TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_4, TWI_BITLENGTH_FROM_FREQ(4, 50000)); +	RTC_Init(); + +	/* 500ms logging interval timer configuration */ +	OCR1A   = (((F_CPU / 256) / 2) - 1); +	TCCR1B  = (1 << WGM12) | (1 << CS12); +	TIMSK1  = (1 << OCIE1A); + +	/* Check if the Dataflash is working, abort if not */ +	if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation())) +	{ +		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); +		for(;;); +	} + +	/* Clear Dataflash sector protections, if enabled */ +	DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(); +} + +/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void) +{ +	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING); + +	/* Close the log file so that the host has exclusive file system access */ +	CloseLogFile(); +} + +/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void) +{ +	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); + +	/* Mount and open the log file on the Dataflash FAT partition */ +	OpenLogFile(); +} + +/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void) +{ +	bool ConfigSuccess = true; + +	ConfigSuccess &= HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Generic_HID_Interface); +	ConfigSuccess &= MS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Disk_MS_Interface); + +	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); +} + +/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void) +{ +	MS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Disk_MS_Interface); +	HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Generic_HID_Interface); +} + +/** Mass Storage class driver callback function the reception of SCSI commands from the host, which must be processed. + * + *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface configuration structure being referenced + */ +bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) +{ +	bool CommandSuccess; + +	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY); +	CommandSuccess = SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(MSInterfaceInfo); +	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY); + +	return CommandSuccess; +} + +/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host. + * + *  \param[in]     HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced + *  \param[in,out] ReportID    Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID + *  \param[in]     ReportType  Type of the report to create, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature + *  \param[out]    ReportData  Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored + *  \param[out]    ReportSize  Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent) + * + *  \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report, \c false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent + */ +bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, +                                         uint8_t* const ReportID, +                                         const uint8_t ReportType, +                                         void* ReportData, +                                         uint16_t* const ReportSize) +{ +	Device_Report_t* ReportParams = (Device_Report_t*)ReportData; + +	RTC_GetTimeDate(&ReportParams->TimeDate); + +	ReportParams->LogInterval500MS = LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM; + +	*ReportSize = sizeof(Device_Report_t); +	return true; +} + +/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host. + * + *  \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced + *  \param[in] ReportID    Report ID of the received report from the host + *  \param[in] ReportType  The type of report that the host has sent, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature + *  \param[in] ReportData  Pointer to a buffer where the received report has been stored + *  \param[in] ReportSize  Size in bytes of the received HID report + */ +void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, +                                          const uint8_t ReportID, +                                          const uint8_t ReportType, +                                          const void* ReportData, +                                          const uint16_t ReportSize) +{ +	Device_Report_t* ReportParams = (Device_Report_t*)ReportData; + +	RTC_SetTimeDate(&ReportParams->TimeDate); + +	/* If the logging interval has changed from its current value, write it to EEPROM */ +	if (LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM != ReportParams->LogInterval500MS) +	{ +		LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM = ReportParams->LogInterval500MS; +		eeprom_update_byte(&LoggingInterval500MS_EEPROM, LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM); +	} +} + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..90b9b4ea63 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.h @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +/* +             LUFA Library +     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + +  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com +           www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* +  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + +  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this +  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted +  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in +  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this +  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting +  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in +  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the +  software without specific, written prior permission. + +  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this +  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability +  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any +  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages +  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether +  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, +  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of +  this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + *  Header file for TempDataLogger.c. + */ + +#ifndef _TEMP_DATALOGGER_H_ +#define _TEMP_DATALOGGER_H_ + +	/* Includes: */ +		#include <avr/io.h> +		#include <avr/wdt.h> +		#include <avr/power.h> +		#include <avr/interrupt.h> +		#include <stdio.h> + +		#include "Descriptors.h" + +		#include "Lib/SCSI.h" +		#include "Lib/DataflashManager.h" +		#include "Lib/FATFs/ff.h" +		#include "Lib/RTC.h" +		#include "Config/AppConfig.h" + +		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> +		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.h> +		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h> +		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> +		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h> + +	/* Macros: */ +		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */ +		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1 + +		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */ +		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3) + +		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */ +		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4) + +		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */ +		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3) + +		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */ +		#define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY          LEDS_LED2 + +		/** Default log interval when the EEPROM is blank, in 500ms ticks. */ +		#define DEFAULT_LOG_INTERVAL     10 + +		/** Indicates if the disk is write protected or not. */ +		#define DISK_READ_ONLY           false + +	/* Type Defines: */ +		typedef struct +		{ +			TimeDate_t TimeDate; +			uint8_t    LogInterval500MS; +		} Device_Report_t; + +	/* Function Prototypes: */ +		void SetupHardware(void); +		void OpenLogFile(void); +		void CloseLogFile(void); + +		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void); +		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void); +		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void); +		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void); + +		bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo); +		bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, +		                                         uint8_t* const ReportID, +		                                         const uint8_t ReportType, +		                                         void* ReportData, +		                                         uint16_t* const ReportSize); +		void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, +		                                          const uint8_t ReportID, +		                                          const uint8_t ReportType, +		                                          const void* ReportData, +		                                          const uint16_t ReportSize); + +#endif + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.LESSER.txt b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.LESSER.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bdf8db0eed --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.LESSER.txt @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +		   GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE +                       Version 3, 29 June 2007 + + Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/> + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + +  This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates +the terms and conditions of version 3 of the GNU General Public +License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below. + +  0. Additional Definitions. + +  As used herein, "this License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser +General Public License, and the "GNU GPL" refers to version 3 of the GNU +General Public License. + +  "The Library" refers to a covered work governed by this License, +other than an Application or a Combined Work as defined below. + +  An "Application" is any work that makes use of an interface provided +by the Library, but which is not otherwise based on the Library. +Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode +of using an interface provided by the Library. + +  A "Combined Work" is a work produced by combining or linking an +Application with the Library.  The particular version of the Library +with which the Combined Work was made is also called the "Linked +Version". + +  The "Minimal Corresponding Source" for a Combined Work means the +Corresponding Source for the Combined Work, excluding any source code +for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in isolation, are +based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version. + +  The "Corresponding Application Code" for a Combined Work means the +object code and/or source code for the Application, including any data +and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work from the +Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work. + +  1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL. + +  You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License +without being bound by section 3 of the GNU GPL. + +  2. Conveying Modified Versions. + +  If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a +facility refers to a function or data to be supplied by an Application +that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the +facility is invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified +version: + +   a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to +   ensure that, in the event an Application does not supply the +   function or data, the facility still operates, and performs +   whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful, or + +   b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of +   this License applicable to that copy. + +  3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files. + +  The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from +a header file that is part of the Library.  You may convey such object +code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated +material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure +layouts and accessors, or small macros, inline functions and templates +(ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following: + +   a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the +   Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are +   covered by this License. + +   b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license +   document. + +  4. Combined Works. + +  You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that, +taken together, effectively do not restrict modification of the +portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse +engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of +the following: + +   a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that +   the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are +   covered by this License. + +   b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license +   document. + +   c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during +   execution, include the copyright notice for the Library among +   these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the +   copies of the GNU GPL and this license document. + +   d) Do one of the following: + +       0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this +       License, and the Corresponding Application Code in a form +       suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to +       recombine or relink the Application with a modified version of +       the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the +       manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying +       Corresponding Source. + +       1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the +       Library.  A suitable mechanism is one that (a) uses at run time +       a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer +       system, and (b) will operate properly with a modified version +       of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked +       Version. + +   e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise +   be required to provide such information under section 6 of the +   GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is +   necessary to install and execute a modified version of the +   Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the +   Application with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If +   you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must accompany +   the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application +   Code. If you use option 4d1, you must provide the Installation +   Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL +   for conveying Corresponding Source.) + +  5. Combined Libraries. + +  You may place library facilities that are a work based on the +Library side by side in a single library together with other library +facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this +License, and convey such a combined library under terms of your +choice, if you do both of the following: + +   a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based +   on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities, +   conveyed under the terms of this License. + +   b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it +   is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the +   accompanying uncombined form of the same work. + +  6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License. + +  The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the GNU Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new +versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may +differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. + +  Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the +Library as you received it specifies that a certain numbered version +of the GNU Lesser General Public License "or any later version" +applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and +conditions either of that published version or of any later version +published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you +received it does not specify a version number of the GNU Lesser +General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU Lesser +General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation. + +  If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide +whether future versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License shall +apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is +permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the +Library. + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.txt b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..10926e87f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.txt @@ -0,0 +1,675 @@ +                    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE +                       Version 3, 29 June 2007 + + Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/> + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + +                            Preamble + +  The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for +software and other kinds of works. + +  The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed +to take away your freedom to share and change the works.  By contrast, +the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to +share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free +software for all its users.  We, the Free Software Foundation, use the +GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to +any other work released this way by its authors.  You can apply it to +your programs, too. + +  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you +want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new +free programs, and that you know you can do these things. + +  To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you +these rights or asking you to surrender the rights.  Therefore, you have +certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if +you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others. + +  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same +freedoms that you received.  You must make sure that they, too, receive +or can get the source code.  And you must show them these terms so they +know their rights. + +  Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps: +(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License +giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it. + +  For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains +that there is no warranty for this free software.  For both users' and +authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as +changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to +authors of previous versions. + +  Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run +modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer +can do so.  This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of +protecting users' freedom to change the software.  The systematic +pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to +use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable.  Therefore, we +have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those +products.  If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we +stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions +of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users. + +  Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents. +States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of +software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to +avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could +make it effectively proprietary.  To prevent this, the GPL assures that +patents cannot be used to render the program non-free. + +  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + +                       TERMS AND CONDITIONS + +  0. Definitions. + +  "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License. + +  "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of +works, such as semiconductor masks. + +  "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this +License.  Each licensee is addressed as "you".  "Licensees" and +"recipients" may be individuals or organizations. + +  To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work +in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an +exact copy.  The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the +earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work. + +  A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based +on the Program. + +  To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without +permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for +infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a +computer or modifying a private copy.  Propagation includes copying, +distribution (with or without modification), making available to the +public, and in some countries other activities as well. + +  To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other +parties to make or receive copies.  Mere interaction with a user through +a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying. + +  An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices" +to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible +feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2) +tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the +extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the +work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License.  If +the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a +menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion. + +  1. Source Code. + +  The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work +for making modifications to it.  "Object code" means any non-source +form of a work. + +  A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official +standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of +interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that +is widely used among developers working in that language. + +  The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other +than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of +packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major +Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that +Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an +implementation is available to the public in source code form.  A +"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component +(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system +(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to +produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it. + +  The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all +the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable +work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to +control those activities.  However, it does not include the work's +System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free +programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but +which are not part of the work.  For example, Corresponding Source +includes interface definition files associated with source files for +the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically +linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require, +such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those +subprograms and other parts of the work. + +  The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users +can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding +Source. + +  The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that +same work. + +  2. Basic Permissions. + +  All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of +copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated +conditions are met.  This License explicitly affirms your unlimited +permission to run the unmodified Program.  The output from running a +covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its +content, constitutes a covered work.  This License acknowledges your +rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law. + +  You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not +convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains +in force.  You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose +of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you +with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with +the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do +not control copyright.  Those thus making or running the covered works +for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction +and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of +your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you. + +  Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under +the conditions stated below.  Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10 +makes it unnecessary. + +  3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law. + +  No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological +measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article +11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or +similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such +measures. + +  When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid +circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention +is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to +the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or +modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's +users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of +technological measures. + +  4. Conveying Verbatim Copies. + +  You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you +receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and +appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice; +keep intact all notices stating that this License and any +non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code; +keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all +recipients a copy of this License along with the Program. + +  You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey, +and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee. + +  5. Conveying Modified Source Versions. + +  You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to +produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the +terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + +    a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified +    it, and giving a relevant date. + +    b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is +    released under this License and any conditions added under section +    7.  This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to +    "keep intact all notices". + +    c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this +    License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy.  This +    License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7 +    additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts, +    regardless of how they are packaged.  This License gives no +    permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not +    invalidate such permission if you have separately received it. + +    d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display +    Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive +    interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your +    work need not make them do so. + +  A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent +works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work, +and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program, +in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an +"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not +used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users +beyond what the individual works permit.  Inclusion of a covered work +in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other +parts of the aggregate. + +  6. Conveying Non-Source Forms. + +  You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms +of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the +machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License, +in one of these ways: + +    a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product +    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the +    Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium +    customarily used for software interchange. + +    b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product +    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a +    written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as +    long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product +    model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a +    copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the +    product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical +    medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no +    more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this +    conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the +    Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge. + +    c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the +    written offer to provide the Corresponding Source.  This +    alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and +    only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord +    with subsection 6b. + +    d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated +    place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the +    Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no +    further charge.  You need not require recipients to copy the +    Corresponding Source along with the object code.  If the place to +    copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source +    may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party) +    that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain +    clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the +    Corresponding Source.  Regardless of what server hosts the +    Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is +    available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements. + +    e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided +    you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding +    Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no +    charge under subsection 6d. + +  A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded +from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be +included in conveying the object code work. + +  A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any +tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family, +or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation +into a dwelling.  In determining whether a product is a consumer product, +doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage.  For a particular +product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a +typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status +of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user +actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product.  A product +is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial +commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent +the only significant mode of use of the product. + +  "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods, +procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install +and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from +a modified version of its Corresponding Source.  The information must +suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object +code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because +modification has been made. + +  If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or +specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as +part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the +User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a +fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the +Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied +by the Installation Information.  But this requirement does not apply +if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install +modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has +been installed in ROM). + +  The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a +requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates +for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for +the User Product in which it has been modified or installed.  Access to a +network may be denied when the modification itself materially and +adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and +protocols for communication across the network. + +  Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided, +in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly +documented (and with an implementation available to the public in +source code form), and must require no special password or key for +unpacking, reading or copying. + +  7. Additional Terms. + +  "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this +License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions. +Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall +be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent +that they are valid under applicable law.  If additional permissions +apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately +under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by +this License without regard to the additional permissions. + +  When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option +remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of +it.  (Additional permissions may be written to require their own +removal in certain cases when you modify the work.)  You may place +additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work, +for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission. + +  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you +add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of +that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms: + +    a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the +    terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or + +    b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or +    author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal +    Notices displayed by works containing it; or + +    c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or +    requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in +    reasonable ways as different from the original version; or + +    d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or +    authors of the material; or + +    e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some +    trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or + +    f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that +    material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of +    it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for +    any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on +    those licensors and authors. + +  All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further +restrictions" within the meaning of section 10.  If the Program as you +received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is +governed by this License along with a term that is a further +restriction, you may remove that term.  If a license document contains +a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this +License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms +of that license document, provided that the further restriction does +not survive such relicensing or conveying. + +  If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you +must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the +additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating +where to find the applicable terms. + +  Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the +form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions; +the above requirements apply either way. + +  8. Termination. + +  You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly +provided under this License.  Any attempt otherwise to propagate or +modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under +this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third +paragraph of section 11). + +  However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your +license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) +provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and +finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright +holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means +prior to 60 days after the cessation. + +  Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is +reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the +violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have +received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that +copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after +your receipt of the notice. + +  Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the +licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under +this License.  If your rights have been terminated and not permanently +reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same +material under section 10. + +  9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies. + +  You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or +run a copy of the Program.  Ancillary propagation of a covered work +occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission +to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance.  However, +nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or +modify any covered work.  These actions infringe copyright if you do +not accept this License.  Therefore, by modifying or propagating a +covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so. + +  10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients. + +  Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically +receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and +propagate that work, subject to this License.  You are not responsible +for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License. + +  An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an +organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an +organization, or merging organizations.  If propagation of a covered +work results from an entity transaction, each party to that +transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever +licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could +give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the +Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if +the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts. + +  You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the +rights granted or affirmed under this License.  For example, you may +not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of +rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation +(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that +any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for +sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it. + +  11. Patents. + +  A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this +License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based.  The +work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version". + +  A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims +owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or +hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted +by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version, +but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a +consequence of further modification of the contributor version.  For +purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant +patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of +this License. + +  Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free +patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to +make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and +propagate the contents of its contributor version. + +  In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express +agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent +(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to +sue for patent infringement).  To "grant" such a patent license to a +party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a +patent against the party. + +  If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license, +and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone +to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a +publicly available network server or other readily accessible means, +then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so +available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the +patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner +consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent +license to downstream recipients.  "Knowingly relying" means you have +actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the +covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work +in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that +country that you have reason to believe are valid. + +  If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or +arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a +covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties +receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify +or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license +you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered +work and works based on it. + +  A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within +the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is +conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are +specifically granted under this License.  You may not convey a covered +work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is +in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment +to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying +the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the +parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory +patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work +conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily +for and in connection with specific products or compilations that +contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement, +or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007. + +  Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting +any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may +otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law. + +  12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom. + +  If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot convey a +covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may +not convey it at all.  For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you +to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey +the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this +License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program. + +  13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License. + +  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have +permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed +under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single +combined work, and to convey the resulting work.  The terms of this +License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work, +but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License, +section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the +combination as such. + +  14. Revised Versions of this License. + +  The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of +the GNU General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +  Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the +Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General +Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the +option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered +version or of any later version published by the Free Software +Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of the +GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published +by the Free Software Foundation. + +  If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future +versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's +public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you +to choose that version for the Program. + +  Later license versions may give you additional or different +permissions.  However, no additional obligations are imposed on any +author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a +later version. + +  15. Disclaimer of Warranty. + +  THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY +APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT +HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY +OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, +THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR +PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM +IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF +ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + +  16. Limitation of Liability. + +  IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS +THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY +GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE +USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF +DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD +PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), +EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +SUCH DAMAGES. + +  17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16. + +  If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided +above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms, +reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates +an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the +Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a +copy of the Program in return for a fee. + +                     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + +            How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + +  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + +  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + +    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> +    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author> + +    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +    (at your option) any later version. + +    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the +    GNU General Public License for more details. + +    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +  If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short +notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode: + +    <program>  Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author> +    This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. +    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it +    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License.  Of course, your program's commands +might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box". + +  You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school, +if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary. +For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see +<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +  The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program +into proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you +may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with +the library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License.  But first, please read +<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>. + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.Designer.cs b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.Designer.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..58fac51449 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.Designer.cs @@ -0,0 +1,181 @@ +namespace Project1HostApp +{ +    partial class frmDataloggerSettings +    { +        /// <summary> +        /// Required designer variable. +        /// </summary> +        private System.ComponentModel.IContainer components = null; + +        /// <summary> +        /// Clean up any resources being used. +        /// </summary> +        /// <param name="disposing">true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.</param> +        protected override void Dispose(bool disposing) +        { +            if (disposing && (components != null)) +            { +                components.Dispose(); +            } +            base.Dispose(disposing); +        } + +        #region Windows Form Designer generated code + +        /// <summary> +        /// Required method for Designer support - do not modify +        /// the contents of this method with the code editor. +        /// </summary> +        private void InitializeComponent() +        { +            this.btnSetValues = new System.Windows.Forms.Button(); +            this.dtpTime = new System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePicker(); +            this.lblTime = new System.Windows.Forms.Label(); +            this.lblLoggingInterval = new System.Windows.Forms.Label(); +            this.nudLogInterval = new System.Windows.Forms.NumericUpDown(); +            this.lblSeconds = new System.Windows.Forms.Label(); +            this.btnGetValues = new System.Windows.Forms.Button(); +            this.lblDate = new System.Windows.Forms.Label(); +            this.dtpDate = new System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePicker(); +            ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.nudLogInterval)).BeginInit(); +            this.SuspendLayout(); +            //  +            // btnSetValues +            //  +            this.btnSetValues.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(168, 136); +            this.btnSetValues.Name = "btnSetValues"; +            this.btnSetValues.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(90, 35); +            this.btnSetValues.TabIndex = 0; +            this.btnSetValues.Text = "Set Values"; +            this.btnSetValues.UseVisualStyleBackColor = true; +            this.btnSetValues.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.btnSetValues_Click); +            //  +            // dtpTime +            //  +            this.dtpTime.CustomFormat = ""; +            this.dtpTime.Format = System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePickerFormat.Time; +            this.dtpTime.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(148, 61); +            this.dtpTime.Name = "dtpTime"; +            this.dtpTime.ShowUpDown = true; +            this.dtpTime.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(110, 20); +            this.dtpTime.TabIndex = 1; +            //  +            // lblTime +            //  +            this.lblTime.AutoSize = true; +            this.lblTime.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 8.25F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0))); +            this.lblTime.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(51, 67); +            this.lblTime.Name = "lblTime"; +            this.lblTime.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(82, 13); +            this.lblTime.TabIndex = 2; +            this.lblTime.Text = "Device Time:"; +            //  +            // lblLoggingInterval +            //  +            this.lblLoggingInterval.AutoSize = true; +            this.lblLoggingInterval.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 8.25F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0))); +            this.lblLoggingInterval.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(30, 101); +            this.lblLoggingInterval.Name = "lblLoggingInterval"; +            this.lblLoggingInterval.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(103, 13); +            this.lblLoggingInterval.TabIndex = 3; +            this.lblLoggingInterval.Text = "Logging Interval:"; +            //  +            // nudLogInterval +            //  +            this.nudLogInterval.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(148, 94); +            this.nudLogInterval.Maximum = new decimal(new int[] { +            60, +            0, +            0, +            0}); +            this.nudLogInterval.Minimum = new decimal(new int[] { +            1, +            0, +            0, +            0}); +            this.nudLogInterval.Name = "nudLogInterval"; +            this.nudLogInterval.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(51, 20); +            this.nudLogInterval.TabIndex = 5; +            this.nudLogInterval.Value = new decimal(new int[] { +            5, +            0, +            0, +            0}); +            //  +            // lblSeconds +            //  +            this.lblSeconds.AutoSize = true; +            this.lblSeconds.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(209, 101); +            this.lblSeconds.Name = "lblSeconds"; +            this.lblSeconds.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(49, 13); +            this.lblSeconds.TabIndex = 6; +            this.lblSeconds.Text = "Seconds"; +            //  +            // btnGetValues +            //  +            this.btnGetValues.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(30, 136); +            this.btnGetValues.Name = "btnGetValues"; +            this.btnGetValues.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(90, 35); +            this.btnGetValues.TabIndex = 7; +            this.btnGetValues.Text = "Get Values"; +            this.btnGetValues.UseVisualStyleBackColor = true; +            this.btnGetValues.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.btnGetValues_Click); +            //  +            // lblDate +            //  +            this.lblDate.AutoSize = true; +            this.lblDate.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 8.25F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0))); +            this.lblDate.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(51, 33); +            this.lblDate.Name = "lblDate"; +            this.lblDate.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(82, 13); +            this.lblDate.TabIndex = 8; +            this.lblDate.Text = "Device Date:"; +            //  +            // dtpDate +            //  +            this.dtpDate.CustomFormat = "dd/MM/yyyy"; +            this.dtpDate.Format = System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePickerFormat.Custom; +            this.dtpDate.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(148, 27); +            this.dtpDate.Name = "dtpDate"; +            this.dtpDate.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(110, 20); +            this.dtpDate.TabIndex = 9; +            //  +            // frmDataloggerSettings +            //  +            this.AutoScaleDimensions = new System.Drawing.SizeF(6F, 13F); +            this.AutoScaleMode = System.Windows.Forms.AutoScaleMode.Font; +            this.ClientSize = new System.Drawing.Size(300, 197); +            this.Controls.Add(this.dtpDate); +            this.Controls.Add(this.lblDate); +            this.Controls.Add(this.btnGetValues); +            this.Controls.Add(this.lblSeconds); +            this.Controls.Add(this.nudLogInterval); +            this.Controls.Add(this.lblLoggingInterval); +            this.Controls.Add(this.lblTime); +            this.Controls.Add(this.dtpTime); +            this.Controls.Add(this.btnSetValues); +            this.MaximizeBox = false; +            this.MinimizeBox = false; +            this.Name = "frmDataloggerSettings"; +            this.Text = "Datalogger"; +            this.Load += new System.EventHandler(this.frmDataloggerSettings_Load); +            ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.nudLogInterval)).EndInit(); +            this.ResumeLayout(false); +            this.PerformLayout(); + +        } + +        #endregion + +        private System.Windows.Forms.Button btnSetValues; +        private System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePicker dtpTime; +        private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblTime; +        private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblLoggingInterval; +        private System.Windows.Forms.NumericUpDown nudLogInterval; +        private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblSeconds; +        private System.Windows.Forms.Button btnGetValues; +        private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblDate; +        private System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePicker dtpDate; +    } +} + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.cs b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c3d1e15645 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.cs @@ -0,0 +1,179 @@ +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.ComponentModel; +using System.Data; +using System.Drawing; +using System.Linq; +using System.Text; +using System.Windows.Forms; +using Hid; + +namespace Project1HostApp +{ +    public partial class frmDataloggerSettings : Form +    { +        private const int DEVICE_VID = 0x03EB; +        private const int DEVICE_PID = 0x2063; + +        private struct Device_Report_t +        { +            public Byte Day; +            public Byte Month; +            public Byte Year; + +            public Byte Hour; +            public Byte Minute; +            public Byte Second; + +            public Byte LogInterval500MS; + +            public Byte[] ToReport() +            { +                Byte[] Report = new Byte[7]; + +                Report[0] = this.Hour; +                Report[1] = this.Minute; +                Report[2] = this.Second; +                Report[3] = this.Day; +                Report[4] = this.Month; +                Report[5] = this.Year; +                Report[6] = this.LogInterval500MS; + +                return Report; +            } + +            public void FromReport(Byte[] Report) +            { +                this.Hour = Report[0]; +                this.Minute = Report[1]; +                this.Second = Report[2]; +                this.Day = Report[3]; +                this.Month = Report[4]; +                this.Year = Report[5]; +                this.LogInterval500MS = Report[6]; +            } +        }; + +        private IDevice GetDeviceConnection() +        { +            IDevice[] ConnectedDevices = DeviceFactory.Enumerate(DEVICE_VID, DEVICE_PID); +            IDevice ConnectionHandle = null; + +            if (ConnectedDevices.Count() > 0) +                ConnectionHandle = ConnectedDevices[0]; +            else +                return null; + +            // Fix report handle under Windows +            if (ConnectionHandle is Hid.Win32.Win32DeviceSet) +            { +                ((Hid.Win32.Win32DeviceSet)ConnectionHandle).AddDevice(0x00, +                    ((Hid.Win32.Win32DeviceSet)ConnectionHandle).UnallocatedDevices[0]); +            } + +            return ConnectionHandle; +        } + +        public frmDataloggerSettings() +        { +            InitializeComponent(); +        } + +        private void btnSetValues_Click(object sender, EventArgs e) +        { +            IDevice ConnectionHandle = GetDeviceConnection(); + +            if (ConnectionHandle == null) +            { +                MessageBox.Show("Error: Cannot connect to Datalogger device."); +                return; +            } + +            Device_Report_t DeviceReport = new Device_Report_t(); +            DeviceReport.Day = (byte)dtpDate.Value.Day; +            DeviceReport.Month = (byte)dtpDate.Value.Month; +            DeviceReport.Year = (byte)((dtpDate.Value.Year < 2000) ? 0 : (dtpDate.Value.Year - 2000)); +            DeviceReport.Hour = (byte)dtpTime.Value.Hour; +            DeviceReport.Minute = (byte)dtpTime.Value.Minute; +            DeviceReport.Second = (byte)dtpTime.Value.Second; +            DeviceReport.LogInterval500MS = (byte)(nudLogInterval.Value * 2); + +            try +            { +                ConnectionHandle.Write(0x00, DeviceReport.ToReport()); +                MessageBox.Show("Device parameters updated successfully."); +            } +            catch (Exception ex) +            { +                MessageBox.Show("Error: " + ex.Message); +            } +        } + +        private void btnGetValues_Click(object sender, EventArgs e) +        { +            IDevice ConnectionHandle = GetDeviceConnection(); + +            if (ConnectionHandle == null) +            { +                MessageBox.Show("Error: Cannot connect to Datalogger device."); +                return; +            } + +            Device_Report_t DeviceReport = new Device_Report_t(); + +            try +            { +                Byte[] Report = new Byte[7]; + +                ConnectionHandle.Read(0x00, Report); +                DeviceReport.FromReport(Report); +                String msgText = "Device parameters retrieved successfully."; + +                try +                { +                    dtpDate.Value = new DateTime( +                        (2000 + DeviceReport.Year), +                        DeviceReport.Month, +                        DeviceReport.Day); + +                    dtpTime.Value = new DateTime( +                        DateTime.Now.Year, DateTime.Now.Month, DateTime.Now.Day, +                        DeviceReport.Hour, +                        DeviceReport.Minute, +                        DeviceReport.Second); +                } +                catch (Exception ex) +                { +                    msgText = "Problem reading device:\n" + +                        ex.Message + +                        "\nY:" + DeviceReport.Year.ToString() + +                        " M:" + DeviceReport.Month.ToString() + +                        " D:" + DeviceReport.Day.ToString() + +                        "\n\nUsing current date and time."; +                    dtpDate.Value = DateTime.Now; +                    dtpTime.Value = DateTime.Now; +                } + +                try +                { +                    nudLogInterval.Value = (DeviceReport.LogInterval500MS / 2); +                } +                catch (Exception ex) +                { +                    nudLogInterval.Value = nudLogInterval.Minimum; +                } + +                MessageBox.Show(msgText); +            } +            catch (Exception ex) +            { +                MessageBox.Show("Error: " + ex.Message); +            } +        } + +        private void frmDataloggerSettings_Load(object sender, EventArgs e) +        { + +        } +    } +} diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.resx b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.resx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..19dc0dd8b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.resx @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<root> +  <!--  +    Microsoft ResX Schema  +     +    Version 2.0 +     +    The primary goals of this format is to allow a simple XML format  +    that is mostly human readable. The generation and parsing of the  +    various data types are done through the TypeConverter classes  +    associated with the data types. +     +    Example: +     +    ... ado.net/XML headers & schema ... +    <resheader name="resmimetype">text/microsoft-resx</resheader> +    <resheader name="version">2.0</resheader> +    <resheader name="reader">System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader> +    <resheader name="writer">System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader> +    <data name="Name1"><value>this is my long string</value><comment>this is a comment</comment></data> +    <data name="Color1" type="System.Drawing.Color, System.Drawing">Blue</data> +    <data name="Bitmap1" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64"> +        <value>[base64 mime encoded serialized .NET Framework object]</value> +    </data> +    <data name="Icon1" type="System.Drawing.Icon, System.Drawing" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64"> +        <value>[base64 mime encoded string representing a byte array form of the .NET Framework object]</value> +        <comment>This is a comment</comment> +    </data> +                 +    There are any number of "resheader" rows that contain simple  +    name/value pairs. +     +    Each data row contains a name, and value. The row also contains a  +    type or mimetype. Type corresponds to a .NET class that support  +    text/value conversion through the TypeConverter architecture.  +    Classes that don't support this are serialized and stored with the  +    mimetype set. +     +    The mimetype is used for serialized objects, and tells the  +    ResXResourceReader how to depersist the object. This is currently not  +    extensible. For a given mimetype the value must be set accordingly: +     +    Note - application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64 is the format  +    that the ResXResourceWriter will generate, however the reader can  +    read any of the formats listed below. +     +    mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64 +    value   : The object must be serialized with  +            : System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Binary.BinaryFormatter +            : and then encoded with base64 encoding. +     +    mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.soap.base64 +    value   : The object must be serialized with  +            : System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Soap.SoapFormatter +            : and then encoded with base64 encoding. + +    mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64 +    value   : The object must be serialized into a byte array  +            : using a System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter +            : and then encoded with base64 encoding. +    --> +  <xsd:schema id="root" xmlns="" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:msdata="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:xml-msdata"> +    <xsd:import namespace="http://www.w3.org/XML/1998/namespace" /> +    <xsd:element name="root" msdata:IsDataSet="true"> +      <xsd:complexType> +        <xsd:choice maxOccurs="unbounded"> +          <xsd:element name="metadata"> +            <xsd:complexType> +              <xsd:sequence> +                <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" /> +              </xsd:sequence> +              <xsd:attribute name="name" use="required" type="xsd:string" /> +              <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" /> +              <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" /> +              <xsd:attribute ref="xml:space" /> +            </xsd:complexType> +          </xsd:element> +          <xsd:element name="assembly"> +            <xsd:complexType> +              <xsd:attribute name="alias" type="xsd:string" /> +              <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" /> +            </xsd:complexType> +          </xsd:element> +          <xsd:element name="data"> +            <xsd:complexType> +              <xsd:sequence> +                <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" /> +                <xsd:element name="comment" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="2" /> +              </xsd:sequence> +              <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" msdata:Ordinal="1" /> +              <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="3" /> +              <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="4" /> +              <xsd:attribute ref="xml:space" /> +            </xsd:complexType> +          </xsd:element> +          <xsd:element name="resheader"> +            <xsd:complexType> +              <xsd:sequence> +                <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" /> +              </xsd:sequence> +              <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" /> +            </xsd:complexType> +          </xsd:element> +        </xsd:choice> +      </xsd:complexType> +    </xsd:element> +  </xsd:schema> +  <resheader name="resmimetype"> +    <value>text/microsoft-resx</value> +  </resheader> +  <resheader name="version"> +    <value>2.0</value> +  </resheader> +  <resheader name="reader"> +    <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value> +  </resheader> +  <resheader name="writer"> +    <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value> +  </resheader> +</root>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Linux.dll b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Linux.dllBinary files differ new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4c19edd212 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Linux.dll diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Net.dll b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Net.dllBinary files differ new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2a7112fc09 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Net.dll diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Win32.dll b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Win32.dllBinary files differ new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3693c6ca04 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Win32.dll diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Program.cs b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Program.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2588e60c14 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Program.cs @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Linq; +using System.Windows.Forms; + +namespace Project1HostApp +{ +    static class Program +    { +        /// <summary> +        /// The main entry point for the application. +        /// </summary> +        [STAThread] +        static void Main() +        { +            Application.EnableVisualStyles(); +            Application.SetCompatibleTextRenderingDefault(false); +            Application.Run(new frmDataloggerSettings()); +        } +    } +} diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a4d0ab1d5f --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +using System.Reflection; +using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; +using System.Runtime.InteropServices; + +// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following  +// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information +// associated with an assembly. +[assembly: AssemblyTitle("TempDataLoggerHostApp")] +[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")] +[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Dean Camera")] +[assembly: AssemblyProduct("Temp Datalogger HostApp")] +[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © Dean Camera 2011")] +[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] + +// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible  +// to COM components.  If you need to access a type in this assembly from  +// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. +[assembly: ComVisible(false)] + +// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM +[assembly: Guid("f41d67c7-13b2-4710-9e0f-f78e7f2bf2e9")] + +// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: +// +//      Major Version +//      Minor Version  +//      Build Number +//      Revision +// +// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers  +// by using the '*' as shown below: +// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")] +[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..63b1af40d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// <auto-generated> +//     This code was generated by a tool. +//     Runtime Version:4.0.30319.239 +// +//     Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if +//     the code is regenerated. +// </auto-generated> +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +namespace TemperatureLoggerHostApp.Properties { +    using System; +     +     +    /// <summary> +    ///   A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. +    /// </summary> +    // This class was auto-generated by the StronglyTypedResourceBuilder +    // class via a tool like ResGen or Visual Studio. +    // To add or remove a member, edit your .ResX file then rerun ResGen +    // with the /str option, or rebuild your VS project. +    [global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("System.Resources.Tools.StronglyTypedResourceBuilder", "4.0.0.0")] +    [global::System.Diagnostics.DebuggerNonUserCodeAttribute()] +    [global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()] +    internal class Resources { +         +        private static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager resourceMan; +         +        private static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo resourceCulture; +         +        [global::System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis.SuppressMessageAttribute("Microsoft.Performance", "CA1811:AvoidUncalledPrivateCode")] +        internal Resources() { +        } +         +        /// <summary> +        ///   Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. +        /// </summary> +        [global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)] +        internal static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager ResourceManager { +            get { +                if (object.ReferenceEquals(resourceMan, null)) { +                    global::System.Resources.ResourceManager temp = new global::System.Resources.ResourceManager("TemperatureLoggerHostApp.Properties.Resources", typeof(Resources).Assembly); +                    resourceMan = temp; +                } +                return resourceMan; +            } +        } +         +        /// <summary> +        ///   Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all +        ///   resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. +        /// </summary> +        [global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)] +        internal static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo Culture { +            get { +                return resourceCulture; +            } +            set { +                resourceCulture = value; +            } +        } +    } +} diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.resx b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.resx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..af7dbebbac --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.resx @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<root> +  <!--  +    Microsoft ResX Schema  +     +    Version 2.0 +     +    The primary goals of this format is to allow a simple XML format  +    that is mostly human readable. The generation and parsing of the  +    various data types are done through the TypeConverter classes  +    associated with the data types. +     +    Example: +     +    ... ado.net/XML headers & schema ... +    <resheader name="resmimetype">text/microsoft-resx</resheader> +    <resheader name="version">2.0</resheader> +    <resheader name="reader">System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader> +    <resheader name="writer">System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader> +    <data name="Name1"><value>this is my long string</value><comment>this is a comment</comment></data> +    <data name="Color1" type="System.Drawing.Color, System.Drawing">Blue</data> +    <data name="Bitmap1" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64"> +        <value>[base64 mime encoded serialized .NET Framework object]</value> +    </data> +    <data name="Icon1" type="System.Drawing.Icon, System.Drawing" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64"> +        <value>[base64 mime encoded string representing a byte array form of the .NET Framework object]</value> +        <comment>This is a comment</comment> +    </data> +                 +    There are any number of "resheader" rows that contain simple  +    name/value pairs. +     +    Each data row contains a name, and value. The row also contains a  +    type or mimetype. Type corresponds to a .NET class that support  +    text/value conversion through the TypeConverter architecture.  +    Classes that don't support this are serialized and stored with the  +    mimetype set. +     +    The mimetype is used for serialized objects, and tells the  +    ResXResourceReader how to depersist the object. This is currently not  +    extensible. For a given mimetype the value must be set accordingly: +     +    Note - application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64 is the format  +    that the ResXResourceWriter will generate, however the reader can  +    read any of the formats listed below. +     +    mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64 +    value   : The object must be serialized with  +            : System.Serialization.Formatters.Binary.BinaryFormatter +            : and then encoded with base64 encoding. +     +    mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.soap.base64 +    value   : The object must be serialized with  +            : System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Soap.SoapFormatter +            : and then encoded with base64 encoding. + +    mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64 +    value   : The object must be serialized into a byte array  +            : using a System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter +            : and then encoded with base64 encoding. +    --> +  <xsd:schema id="root" xmlns="" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:msdata="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:xml-msdata"> +    <xsd:element name="root" msdata:IsDataSet="true"> +      <xsd:complexType> +        <xsd:choice maxOccurs="unbounded"> +          <xsd:element name="metadata"> +            <xsd:complexType> +              <xsd:sequence> +                <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" /> +              </xsd:sequence> +              <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" /> +              <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" /> +              <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" /> +            </xsd:complexType> +          </xsd:element> +          <xsd:element name="assembly"> +            <xsd:complexType> +              <xsd:attribute name="alias" type="xsd:string" /> +              <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" /> +            </xsd:complexType> +          </xsd:element> +          <xsd:element name="data"> +            <xsd:complexType> +              <xsd:sequence> +                <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" /> +                <xsd:element name="comment" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="2" /> +              </xsd:sequence> +              <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="1" /> +              <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="3" /> +              <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="4" /> +            </xsd:complexType> +          </xsd:element> +          <xsd:element name="resheader"> +            <xsd:complexType> +              <xsd:sequence> +                <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" /> +              </xsd:sequence> +              <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" /> +            </xsd:complexType> +          </xsd:element> +        </xsd:choice> +      </xsd:complexType> +    </xsd:element> +  </xsd:schema> +  <resheader name="resmimetype"> +    <value>text/microsoft-resx</value> +  </resheader> +  <resheader name="version"> +    <value>2.0</value> +  </resheader> +  <resheader name="reader"> +    <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value> +  </resheader> +  <resheader name="writer"> +    <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value> +  </resheader> +</root>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..95fc3ad588 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// <auto-generated> +//     This code was generated by a tool. +//     Runtime Version:4.0.30319.239 +// +//     Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if +//     the code is regenerated. +// </auto-generated> +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +namespace TemperatureLoggerHostApp.Properties { +     +     +    [global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()] +    [global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("Microsoft.VisualStudio.Editors.SettingsDesigner.SettingsSingleFileGenerator", "10.0.0.0")] +    internal sealed partial class Settings : global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase { +         +        private static Settings defaultInstance = ((Settings)(global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase.Synchronized(new Settings()))); +         +        public static Settings Default { +            get { +                return defaultInstance; +            } +        } +    } +} diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.settings b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.settings new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..39645652af --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.settings @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> +<SettingsFile xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/VisualStudio/2004/01/settings" CurrentProfile="(Default)"> +  <Profiles> +    <Profile Name="(Default)" /> +  </Profiles> +  <Settings /> +</SettingsFile> diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/README.txt b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/README.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ab6b9a83a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/README.txt @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +http://en.sourceforge.jp/projects/sfnet_libhidnet/ + +This library has been tested on Windows Vista 32bit, Windows Vista 64bit, +Windows XP 32bit and Debian (Lenny) AMD64 but should work on any version of +Windows that can run the .NET framework 2.0 and any other operating system +that has both hiddev and Mono. + +Any additions must be tested and work on Windows and Linux, on both 32 and +64 bit. Windows 64 bit testing is particularly important as it is often +neglected. + + +Hid.Linux.dll was compiled under Linux with Mono (mcs) and uses no generics. + +Hid.Win32.dll and Hid.Net.dll were compiled under Windows with the .NET +Framework v2.0.50727 but are also tested to compile with Mono (gmcs). + + +A good starting point when using this library is Hid.DeviceFactory's Enumerate +methods. + +LogitechMX5000.cs is a simple example of how the library can be used. Other +examples on common devices are welcomed. + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/TempLoggerHostApp.csproj b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/TempLoggerHostApp.csproj new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8517d6f42a --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/TempLoggerHostApp.csproj @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<Project ToolsVersion="4.0" DefaultTargets="Build" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003"> +  <PropertyGroup> +    <Configuration Condition=" '$(Configuration)' == '' ">Debug</Configuration> +    <Platform Condition=" '$(Platform)' == '' ">AnyCPU</Platform> +    <ProductVersion>9.0.21022</ProductVersion> +    <SchemaVersion>2.0</SchemaVersion> +    <ProjectGuid>{A2D66069-8CF9-4104-828C-49A73D7DB5D1}</ProjectGuid> +    <OutputType>WinExe</OutputType> +    <AppDesignerFolder>Properties</AppDesignerFolder> +    <RootNamespace>TemperatureLoggerHostApp</RootNamespace> +    <AssemblyName>TemperatureLoggerHostApp</AssemblyName> +    <TargetFrameworkVersion>v3.5</TargetFrameworkVersion> +    <FileAlignment>512</FileAlignment> +    <FileUpgradeFlags> +    </FileUpgradeFlags> +    <OldToolsVersion>3.5</OldToolsVersion> +    <UpgradeBackupLocation /> +  </PropertyGroup> +  <PropertyGroup Condition=" '$(Configuration)|$(Platform)' == 'Debug|AnyCPU' "> +    <DebugSymbols>true</DebugSymbols> +    <DebugType>full</DebugType> +    <Optimize>false</Optimize> +    <OutputPath>bin\Debug\</OutputPath> +    <DefineConstants>DEBUG;TRACE</DefineConstants> +    <ErrorReport>prompt</ErrorReport> +    <WarningLevel>4</WarningLevel> +  </PropertyGroup> +  <PropertyGroup Condition=" '$(Configuration)|$(Platform)' == 'Release|AnyCPU' "> +    <DebugType>pdbonly</DebugType> +    <Optimize>true</Optimize> +    <OutputPath>bin\Release\</OutputPath> +    <DefineConstants>TRACE</DefineConstants> +    <ErrorReport>prompt</ErrorReport> +    <WarningLevel>4</WarningLevel> +  </PropertyGroup> +  <ItemGroup> +    <Reference Include="Hid.Net, Version=1.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, processorArchitecture=MSIL"> +      <SpecificVersion>False</SpecificVersion> +      <HintPath>.\Hid.Net.dll</HintPath> +    </Reference> +    <Reference Include="System" /> +    <Reference Include="System.Core"> +      <RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework> +    </Reference> +    <Reference Include="System.Xml.Linq"> +      <RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework> +    </Reference> +    <Reference Include="System.Data.DataSetExtensions"> +      <RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework> +    </Reference> +    <Reference Include="System.Data" /> +    <Reference Include="System.Deployment" /> +    <Reference Include="System.Drawing" /> +    <Reference Include="System.Windows.Forms" /> +    <Reference Include="System.Xml" /> +  </ItemGroup> +  <ItemGroup> +    <Compile Include="DataLoggerSettings.cs"> +      <SubType>Form</SubType> +    </Compile> +    <Compile Include="DataLoggerSettings.Designer.cs"> +      <DependentUpon>DataLoggerSettings.cs</DependentUpon> +    </Compile> +    <Compile Include="Program.cs" /> +    <Compile Include="Properties\AssemblyInfo.cs" /> +    <EmbeddedResource Include="DataLoggerSettings.resx"> +      <DependentUpon>DataLoggerSettings.cs</DependentUpon> +      <SubType>Designer</SubType> +    </EmbeddedResource> +    <EmbeddedResource Include="Properties\Resources.resx"> +      <Generator>ResXFileCodeGenerator</Generator> +      <LastGenOutput>Resources.Designer.cs</LastGenOutput> +      <SubType>Designer</SubType> +    </EmbeddedResource> +    <Compile Include="Properties\Resources.Designer.cs"> +      <AutoGen>True</AutoGen> +      <DependentUpon>Resources.resx</DependentUpon> +      <DesignTime>True</DesignTime> +    </Compile> +    <None Include="Properties\Settings.settings"> +      <Generator>SettingsSingleFileGenerator</Generator> +      <LastGenOutput>Settings.Designer.cs</LastGenOutput> +    </None> +    <Compile Include="Properties\Settings.Designer.cs"> +      <AutoGen>True</AutoGen> +      <DependentUpon>Settings.settings</DependentUpon> +      <DesignTimeSharedInput>True</DesignTimeSharedInput> +    </Compile> +  </ItemGroup> +  <Import Project="$(MSBuildToolsPath)\Microsoft.CSharp.targets" /> +  <!-- To modify your build process, add your task inside one of the targets below and uncomment it.  +       Other similar extension points exist, see Microsoft.Common.targets. +  <Target Name="BeforeBuild"> +  </Target> +  <Target Name="AfterBuild"> +  </Target> +  --> +</Project>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp_Python/temp_log_config.py b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp_Python/temp_log_config.py new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fdb4ad9b69 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp_Python/temp_log_config.py @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +""" +             LUFA Library +     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + +  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com +           www.lufa-lib.org +""" + +""" +    Front-end configuration app for the TempDataLogger project. This script +    configures the logger to the current system time and date, with a user +    defined logging interval. + +    The logging interval should be specified in milliseconds and is rounded to +    a multiple of 500ms. + +    Usage: +        python temp_log_config.py <Log_Interval> + +    Example: +        python temp_log_config.py 500 + +    Requires the pywinusb library (https://pypi.python.org/pypi/pywinusb/). +""" + +import sys +from datetime import datetime +import pywinusb.hid as hid + +# Generic HID device VID, PID and report payload length (length is increased +# by one to account for the Report ID byte that must be pre-pended) +device_vid = 0x03EB +device_pid = 0x2063 +report_length = 1 + 7 + + +def get_hid_device_handle(): +    hid_device_filter = hid.HidDeviceFilter(vendor_id=device_vid, +                                            product_id=device_pid) + +    valid_hid_devices = hid_device_filter.get_devices() + +    if len(valid_hid_devices) is 0: +        return None +    else: +        return valid_hid_devices[0] + + +def configure_temp_log_device(device, time_date, log_interval_500ms): +    # Report data for the demo is the report ID (always zero) +    report_data = [0] + +    # Followed by the time/date data +    report_data.extend([time_date.hour, time_date.minute, +                        time_date.second, time_date.day, +                        time_date.month, time_date.year - 2000]) + +    # Lastly the log interval in 500ms units of time +    report_data.extend([log_interval_500ms]) + +    # Zero-extend the array to the length the report should be +    report_data.extend([0] * (report_length - len(report_data))) + +    # Send the generated report to the device +    device.send_output_report(report_data) + + +def main(time_date, log_interval_500ms): +    hid_device = get_hid_device_handle() + +    if hid_device is None: +        print("No valid HID device found.") +        sys.exit(1) + +    try: +        hid_device.open() + +        print("Connected to device 0x%04X/0x%04X - %s [%s]" % +              (hid_device.vendor_id, hid_device.product_id, +               hid_device.product_name, hid_device.vendor_name)) + +        configure_temp_log_device(hid_device, time_date, log_interval_500ms) + +        print("Time/Date is now set to %s" % time_date) +        print("Log interval is now set to every %0.1fs" % (log_interval_500ms * (500.0 / 1000.0))) + +    finally: +        hid_device.close() + + +if __name__ == '__main__': +    time_date = datetime.now() +    log_interval_500ms = (int(sys.argv[1]) / 500) if len(sys.argv) > 1 else 2 + +    # Clamp the log interval to the allowable range +    log_interval_500ms = max(log_interval_500ms, 0x01) +    log_interval_500ms = min(log_interval_500ms, 0xFF) + +    main(time_date, log_interval_500ms) diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TemperatureDataLogger.txt b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TemperatureDataLogger.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4d4e0b5e84 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TemperatureDataLogger.txt @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +/** \file + * + *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special + *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file. + */ + +/** \mainpage Temperature Datalogger Project + * + *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility: + * + *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo. + * + *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7) + *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6) + *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4) - <i>those with >16KB of FLASH memory only</i> + * + *  \section Sec_Info USB Information: + * + *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo. + * + *  <table> + *   <tr> + *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td> + *    <td>Device</td> + *   </tr> + *   <tr> + *    <td><b>USB Classes:</b></td> + *    <td>Mass Storage Device \n + *        Human Interface Device</td> + *   </tr> + *   <tr> + *    <td><b>USB Subclasses:</b></td> + *    <td>Bulk-Only Transport \n + *        Keyboard Subclass</td> + *   </tr> + *   <tr> + *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td> + *    <td>USBIF Mass Storage Standard \n + *        USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard \n + *        SCSI Primary Commands Specification \n + *        SCSI Block Commands Specification \n + *        USBIF HID Specification, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td> + *   </tr> + *   <tr> + *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td> + *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td> + *   </tr> + *  </table> + * + *  \section Sec_Description Project Description: + * + *  Temperature Data Logger project. This project is a very basic USB data logger for the current temperature as reported by + *  the board's temperature sensor, writing the temperature to a file stored on the board's Dataflash in a FAT filesystem + *  each time a specified interval elapses. When inserted into a PC, the datalogger will appear as a standard USB Mass Storage + *  device with a single text file, which contains the logged data. Files are named according to the current date when the + *  logging commences. + * + *  A DS1307 or compatible RTC IC is designed to be attached to the AVR's TWI bus, for the management of timestamps on the + *  sampled data. This project will not function correctly if the RTC chip is omitted unless the DUMMY_RTC compile time token + *  is specified - see \ref Sec_Options. + * + *  Due to the host's need for exclusive access to the file system, the device will not log samples while connected to a host. + *  For the logger to store data, the Dataflash must first be formatted by the host so that it contains a valid FAT file system. + * + *  This project uses the FatFS library from ELM Chan (http://elm-chan.org/fsw/ff/00index_e.html) and the .NET HID device library + *  LibHIDNet (http://sourceforge.net/projects/libhidnet/). + * + *  \section Sec_Options Project Options + * + *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value. + * + *  <table> + *   <tr> + *    <th><b>Define Name:</b></th> + *    <th><b>Location:</b></th> + *    <th><b>Description:</b></th> + *   </tr> + *   <tr> + *    <td>DUMMY_RTC</td> + *    <td>AppConfig.h</td> + *    <td>When a DS1307 RTC chip is not fitted, this token can be defined to make the demo use a dummy software RTC using the system + *        clock. This is less accurate and does not store the set time and date into non-volatile memory.</td> + *   </tr> + *  </table> + */ + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/asf.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ca08c55b4c --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/asf.xml @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +<asf xmlversion="1.0"> +	<project caption="Temperature Datalogger" id="lufa.projects.temp_datalogger.avr8"> +		<require idref="lufa.projects.temp_datalogger"/> +		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/> +		<generator value="as5_8"/> + +		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/> +		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/> + +		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/> +		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/> +	</project> + +	<module type="application" id="lufa.projects.temp_datalogger" caption="Temperature Datalogger"> +		<info type="description" value="summary"> +		Temperature Datalogger project. +		</info> + + 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/> + +		<info type="keyword" value="Technology"> +			<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/> +			<keyword value="USB Device"/> +			<keyword value="HID Class"/> +			<keyword value="Mass Storage Class"/> +		</info> + +		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/> +		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/> +		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/> + +		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/> +		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="TemperatureDataLogger.txt"/> +		<build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="TempLogHostApp"/> +		<build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="TempLogHostApp_Python"/> + +		<build type="c-source" value="TempDataLogger.c"/> +		<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/> +		<build type="header-file" value="TempDataLogger.h"/> +		<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/> + +		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/DataflashManager.c"/> +		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/DataflashManager.h"/> +		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/RTC.c"/> +		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/RTC.h"/> +		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/SCSI.c"/> +		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/SCSI.h"/> + +		<build type="include-path" value="Lib/FATFs/"/> +		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/FATFs/ff.c"/> +		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/FATFs/ff.h"/> +		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/FATFs/diskio.c"/> +		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/FATFs/diskio.h"/> +		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h"/> +		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/FATFs/integer.h"/> + +		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/> +		<build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/> +		<build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/> +		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/> + +		<require idref="lufa.common"/> +		<require idref="lufa.platform"/> +		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/> +		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/> +		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/> +		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.temperature"/> +		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/> +		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc"/> +		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.twi"/> +	</module> +</asf> diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/doxyfile new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3959841744 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/doxyfile @@ -0,0 +1,2397 @@ +# Doxyfile 1.8.9 + +# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system +# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project. +# +# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in +# front of the TAG it is preceding. +# +# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored. +# The format is: +# TAG = value [value, ...] +# For lists, items can also be appended using: +# TAG += value [value, ...] +# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \"). + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Project related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file +# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text +# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv +# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv +# for the list of possible encodings. +# The default value is: UTF-8. + +DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8 + +# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by +# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the +# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the +# title of most generated pages and in a few other places. +# The default value is: My Project. + +PROJECT_NAME           = "Temperature Datalogger Project" + +# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This +# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version +# control system is used. + +PROJECT_NUMBER         = + +# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description +# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a +# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short. + +PROJECT_BRIEF          = + +# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included +# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 +# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy +# the logo to the output directory. + +PROJECT_LOGO           = + +# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path +# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is +# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If +# left blank the current directory will be used. + +OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/ + +# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub- +# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and +# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this +# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where +# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes +# performance problems for the file system. +# The default value is: NO. + +CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO + +# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII +# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII +# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode +# U+3044. +# The default value is: NO. + +ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO + +# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all +# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this +# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. +# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, +# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States), +# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, +# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), +# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian, +# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, +# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish, +# Ukrainian and Vietnamese. +# The default value is: English. + +OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English + +# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member +# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class +# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this. +# The default value is: YES. + +BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES + +# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief +# description of a member or function before the detailed description +# +# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the +# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. +# The default value is: YES. + +REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES + +# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is +# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found +# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text +# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated +# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the +# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of +# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides, +# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the. + +ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \ +                         "The $name widget" \ +                         "The $name file" \ +                         is \ +                         provides \ +                         specifies \ +                         contains \ +                         represents \ +                         a \ +                         an \ +                         the + +# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then +# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief +# description. +# The default value is: NO. + +ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO + +# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all +# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those +# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment +# operators of the base classes will not be shown. +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO + +# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path +# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the +# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used +# The default value is: YES. + +FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES + +# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. +# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand +# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. +# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to +# strip. +# +# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which +# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started. +# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES. + +STRIP_FROM_PATH        = + +# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the +# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which +# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of +# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should +# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler +# using the -I flag. + +STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    = + +# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but +# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't +# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. +# The default value is: NO. + +SHORT_NAMES            = YES + +# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the +# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief +# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt- +# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief +# description.) +# The default value is: NO. + +JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO + +# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first +# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If +# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus +# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) +# The default value is: NO. + +QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO + +# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a +# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as +# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is +# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this +# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead. +# +# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are +# not recognized any more. +# The default value is: NO. + +MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO + +# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the +# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements. +# The default value is: YES. + +INHERIT_DOCS           = YES + +# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new +# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part +# of the file/class/namespace that contains it. +# The default value is: NO. + +SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO + +# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen +# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. +# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4. + +TAB_SIZE               = 4 + +# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in +# the documentation. An alias has the form: +# name=value +# For example adding +# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n" +# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the +# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading +# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert +# newlines. + +ALIASES                = + +# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only). +# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class" +# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning. + +TCL_SUBST              = + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources +# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For +# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all +# members will be omitted, etc. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or +# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored +# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, +# qualified scopes will look different, etc. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran +# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL +# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO + +# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it +# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given +# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it +# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and +# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, +# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran: +# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran: +# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed +# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For +# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), +# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. +# +# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder. +# +# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise +# the files are not read by doxygen. + +EXTENSION_MAPPING      = + +# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments +# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable +# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details. +# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can +# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in +# case of backward compatibilities issues. +# The default value is: YES. + +MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO + +# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented +# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can +# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or +# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO. +# The default value is: YES. + +AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES + +# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want +# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this +# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and +# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); +# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration +# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. +# The default value is: NO. + +BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO + +# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to +# enable parsing support. +# The default value is: NO. + +CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO + +# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see: +# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen +# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead +# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. +# The default value is: NO. + +SIP_SUPPORT            = NO + +# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate +# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make +# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation. +# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple +# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you +# should set this option to NO. +# The default value is: YES. + +IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES + +# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC +# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first +# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default +# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. +# The default value is: NO. + +DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO + +# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type +# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that +# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent +# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the +# \nosubgrouping command. +# The default value is: YES. + +SUBGROUPING            = YES + +# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions +# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup) +# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX +# and RTF). +# +# Note that this feature does not work in combination with +# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES. +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO + +# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions +# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in +# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, +# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set +# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and +# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF). +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO + +# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or +# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So +# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct +# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, +# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be +# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound +# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. +# The default value is: NO. + +TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO + +# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This +# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be +# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the +# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small +# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The +# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range +# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536 +# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest +# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0. + +LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0 + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Build related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in +# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private +# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the +# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES. +# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are +# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_ALL            = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will +# be included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal +# scope will be included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO + +# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be +# included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined +# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO, +# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect +# for Java sources. +# The default value is: YES. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES + +# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods, +# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are +# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are +# included. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO + +# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be +# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called +# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of +# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace +# are hidden. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all +# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these +# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation +# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all +# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set +# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option +# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO + +# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend +# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be +# included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO + +# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any +# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these +# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO + +# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a +# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation +# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO + +# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file +# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also +# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ +# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows +# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. +# The default value is: system dependent. + +CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO + +# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with +# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the +# scope will be hidden. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO + +# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will +# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to +# YES the compound reference will be hidden. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO + +# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of +# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file. +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES + +# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each +# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader +# which file to include in order to use the member. +# The default value is: NO. + +SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO + +# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include +# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets. +# The default value is: NO. + +FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO + +# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the +# documentation for inline members. +# The default value is: YES. + +INLINE_INFO            = YES + +# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member +# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. +# The default value is: YES. + +SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES + +# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief +# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member +# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that +# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO + +# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and +# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the +# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS. +# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief +# member documentation. +# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting +# detailed member documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO + +# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy +# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will +# appear in their defined order. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO + +# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by +# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will +# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part. +# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. +# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical +# list. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO + +# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper +# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between +# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is +# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a +# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still +# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases. +# The default value is: NO. + +STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO + +# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo +# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO + +# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test +# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO + +# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug +# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO + +# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) +# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in +# the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES + +# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation +# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label> +# ... \endcond blocks. + +ENABLED_SECTIONS       = + +# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the +# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the +# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here +# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The +# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be +# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the +# documentation regardless of this setting. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30. + +MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30 + +# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at +# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the +# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES + +# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This +# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View +# (if specified). +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_FILES             = YES + +# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces +# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the +# Folder Tree View (if specified). +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES + +# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that +# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from +# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via +# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the +# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided +# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file +# version. For an example see the documentation. + +FILE_VERSION_FILTER    = + +# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed +# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated +# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file +# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can +# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml +# will be used as the name of the layout file. +# +# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called +# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE +# tag is left empty. + +LAYOUT_FILE            = + +# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing +# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib +# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool +# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. +# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using +# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the +# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references. + +CITE_BIB_FILES         = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to +# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the +# messages are off. +# The default value is: NO. + +QUIET                  = YES + +# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are +# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES +# this implies that the warnings are on. +# +# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +WARNINGS               = YES + +# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate +# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag +# will automatically be disabled. +# The default value is: YES. + +WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES + +# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for +# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters +# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using +# markup commands wrongly. +# The default value is: YES. + +WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES + +# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that +# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return +# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete +# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES + +# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen +# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which +# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated +# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will +# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via +# FILE_VERSION_FILTER) +# The default value is: $file:$line: $text. + +WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text" + +# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error +# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard +# error (stderr). + +WARN_LOGFILE           = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the input files +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain +# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or +# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with +# spaces. +# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched. + +INPUT                  = ./ + +# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files +# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses +# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv +# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of +# possible encodings. +# The default value is: UTF-8. + +INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8 + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and +# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the +# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii, +# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp, +# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown, +# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf, +# *.qsf, *.as and *.js. + +FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \ +                         *.c \ +                         *.txt + +# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should +# be searched for input files as well. +# The default value is: NO. + +RECURSIVE              = YES + +# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be +# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a +# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. +# +# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is +# run. + +EXCLUDE                = Documentation/ \ +                         TempLogHostApp/ \ +                         TempLogHostApp_Python/ + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or +# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded +# from the input. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude +# certain files from those directories. +# +# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to +# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/* + +EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       = + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names +# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the +# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the +# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, +# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test +# +# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to +# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/* + +EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \ +                         INCLUDE_FROM_* + +# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories +# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include +# command). + +EXAMPLE_PATH           = + +# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and +# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all +# files are included. + +EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = * + +# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be +# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands +# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO + +# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories +# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the +# \image command). + +IMAGE_PATH             = + +# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should +# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program +# by executing (via popen()) the command: +# +# <filter> <input-file> +# +# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the +# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter +# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag +# will be ignored. +# +# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the +# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added +# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly. + +INPUT_FILTER           = + +# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern +# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the +# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter +# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how +# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the +# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied. + +FILTER_PATTERNS        = + +# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using +# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for +# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). +# The default value is: NO. + +FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO + +# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file +# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and +# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using +# *.ext= (so without naming a filter). +# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES. + +FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS = + +# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that +# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page +# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub +# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output. + +USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to source browsing +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be +# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. +# +# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that +# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. +# The default value is: NO. + +SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO + +# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions, +# classes and enums directly into the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_SOURCES         = NO + +# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any +# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and +# Fortran comments will always remain visible. +# The default value is: YES. + +STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES + +# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented +# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed. +# The default value is: NO. + +REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO + +# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function +# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed. +# The default value is: NO. + +REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO + +# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set +# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and +# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will +# link to the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO + +# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the +# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype, +# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this +# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you +# can opt to disable this feature. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. + +SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES + +# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will +# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in +# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system +# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version +# 4.8.6 or higher. +# +# To use it do the following: +# - Install the latest version of global +# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file +# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree +# - Run doxygen as normal +# +# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these +# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path). +# +# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to +# source code will now point to the output of htags. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. + +USE_HTAGS              = NO + +# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a +# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is +# specified. Set to NO to disable this. +# See also: Section \class. +# The default value is: YES. + +VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO + +# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the +# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the +# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template +# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type +# information. +# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was +# compiled with the --with-libclang option. +# The default value is: NO. + +CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO + +# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command +# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that +# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories +# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH. +# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES. + +CLANG_OPTIONS          = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all +# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of +# classes, structs, unions or interfaces. +# The default value is: YES. + +ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES + +# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in +# which the alphabetical index list will be split. +# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5. +# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. + +COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5 + +# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will +# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag +# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored +# while generating the index headers. +# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. + +IGNORE_PREFIX          = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the HTML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_HTML          = YES + +# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: html. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_OUTPUT            = html + +# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each +# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp). +# The default value is: .html. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html + +# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for +# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard header. +# +# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets +# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g. +# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a +# default header using +# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css +# YourConfigFile +# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage" +# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally +# uses. +# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the +# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description +# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_HEADER            = + +# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each +# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard +# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default +# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also +# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer +# that doxygen normally uses. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_FOOTER            = + +# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style +# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of +# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet. +# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style +# sheet that doxygen normally uses. +# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as +# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become +# obsolete. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_STYLESHEET        = + +# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined +# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets +# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. +# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the +# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates. +# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. +# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last +# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the +# list). For an example see the documentation. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  = + +# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or +# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note +# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the +# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these +# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the +# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_EXTRA_FILES       = + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen +# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to +# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see +# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value +# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 +# purple, and 360 is red again. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220 + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors +# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A +# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100 + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the +# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100 +# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output +# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents +# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not +# change the gamma. +# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80 + +# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML +# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this +# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO + +# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML +# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the +# page has loaded. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES + +# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries +# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand +# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to +# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless +# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of +# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value +# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded +# tree by default. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100 + +# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be +# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development +# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with +# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a +# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in +# that directory and running make install will install the docset in +# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at +# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html +# for more information. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO + +# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides +# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider +# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped. +# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs" + +# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation +# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g. +# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name. +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project + +# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify +# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style +# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation. +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher + +# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher. +# The default value is: Publisher. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three +# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The +# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop +# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on +# Windows. +# +# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output +# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML +# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old +# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed +# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for +# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for +# compressed HTML files. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO + +# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm +# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be +# written to the html output directory. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +CHM_FILE               = + +# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path +# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty, +# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. +# The file has to be specified with full path. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +HHC_LOCATION           = + +# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated +# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +GENERATE_CHI           = NO + +# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) +# and project file content. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     = + +# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated +# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it +# enables the Previous and Next buttons. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +BINARY_TOC             = NO + +# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to +# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +TOC_EXPAND             = YES + +# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and +# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that +# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help +# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_QHP           = NO + +# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify +# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to +# the HTML output folder. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QCH_FILE               = + +# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help +# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace +# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace). +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project + +# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt +# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual +# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual- +# folders). +# The default value is: doc. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc + +# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom +# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom +# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- +# filters). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   = + +# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the +# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom +# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- +# filters). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  = + +# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this +# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see: +# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  = + +# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's +# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the +# generated .qhp file. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHG_LOCATION           = + +# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be +# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To +# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in +# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs +# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory +# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. +# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO + +# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin +# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this +# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier. +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES. + +ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project + +# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might +# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The +# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top +# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables +# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation +# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +DISABLE_INDEX          = YES + +# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index +# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag +# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like +# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this +# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required +# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the +# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can +# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style +# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at +# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has +# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting +# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES + +# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that +# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. +# +# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing +# in the overview section. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1 + +# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used +# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250 + +# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to +# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO + +# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in +# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful +# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML +# output directory to force them to be regenerated. +# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10 + +# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images +# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not +# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers. +# +# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in +# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES + +# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see +# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering +# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX +# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When +# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path +# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +USE_MATHJAX            = NO + +# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for +# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see: +# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. +# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best +# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG. +# The default value is: HTML-CSS. +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS + +# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML +# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory +# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory +# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then +# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax +# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing +# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of +# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment. +# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest. +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest + +# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax +# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example +# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     = + +# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces +# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site +# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an +# example see the documentation. +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_CODEFILE       = + +# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for +# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and +# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help +# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET) +# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled. +# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then +# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to +# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S +# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically +# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down +# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated +# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel +# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the +# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys> +# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter +# option. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +SEARCHENGINE           = NO + +# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be +# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There +# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH +# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and +# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing +# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section +# "External Indexing and Searching" for details. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO + +# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP +# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file +# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an +# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the +# search results. +# +# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine +# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library +# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). +# +# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO + +# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server +# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled. +# +# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine +# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library +# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and +# Searching" for details. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +SEARCHENGINE_URL       = + +# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed +# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the +# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified. +# The default file is: searchdata.xml. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml + +# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the +# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is +# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple +# projects and redirect the results back to the right project. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     = + +# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen +# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are +# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a +# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of +# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is: +# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ... +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_LATEX         = NO + +# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: latex. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex + +# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be +# invoked. +# +# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating +# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is +# written to the output directory. +# The default file is: latex. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex + +# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate +# index for LaTeX. +# The default file is: makeindex. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex + +# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX +# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some +# trees in general. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +COMPACT_LATEX          = NO + +# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the +# printer. +# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x +# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches). +# The default value is: a4. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide + +# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names +# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for +# instance you can specify +# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times +# If left blank no extra packages will be included. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +EXTRA_PACKAGES         = + +# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the +# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first +# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See +# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the +# default header to a separate file. +# +# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The +# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title, +# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber, +# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty +# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred +# to HTML_HEADER. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_HEADER           = + +# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the +# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last +# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See +# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what +# special commands can be used inside the footer. +# +# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing! +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_FOOTER           = + +# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined +# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created +# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen +# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. +# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last +# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the +# list). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = + +# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or +# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output +# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or +# markers available. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      = + +# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is +# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will +# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This +# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES + +# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate +# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a +# higher quality PDF documentation. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +USE_PDFLATEX           = YES + +# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode +# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running +# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used +# when generating formulas in HTML. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO + +# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the +# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO + +# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source +# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output. +# +# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as +# SOURCE_BROWSER. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO + +# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the +# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See +# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info. +# The default value is: plain. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the RTF output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The +# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF +# readers/editors. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_RTF           = NO + +# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: rtf. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf + +# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF +# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some +# trees in general. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +COMPACT_RTF            = NO + +# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will +# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML +# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online +# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those +# fields. +# +# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO + +# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config +# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements, +# missing definitions are set to their default value. +# +# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the +# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    = + +# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is +# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated +# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    = + +# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code +# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output. +# +# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as +# SOURCE_BROWSER. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the man page output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for +# classes and files. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_MAN           = NO + +# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by +# MAN_OUTPUT. +# The default directory is: man. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_OUTPUT             = man + +# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated +# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number +# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is +# optional. +# The default value is: .3. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_EXTENSION          = .3 + +# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within +# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by +# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_SUBDIR             = + +# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it +# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real +# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without +# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_LINKS              = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the XML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that +# captures the structure of the code including all documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_XML           = NO + +# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: xml. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. + +XML_OUTPUT             = xml + +# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program +# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to +# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size +# of the XML output. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. + +XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files +# that can be used to generate PDF. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO + +# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in +# front of it. +# The default directory is: docbook. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. + +DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook + +# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the +# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing +# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly +# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. + +DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an +# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the +# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is +# still experimental and incomplete at the moment. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the Perl module output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module +# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation. +# +# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary +# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI +# output from the Perl module output. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. + +PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely +# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to +# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the +# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it +# just the same. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. + +PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES + +# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are +# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful +# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't +# overwrite each other's variables. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. + +PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the preprocessor +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all +# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files. +# The default value is: YES. + +ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names +# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be +# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting +# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES + +# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then +# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and +# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES + +# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the +# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES + +# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the +# preprocessor. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES. + +INCLUDE_PATH           = + +# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard +# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the +# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be +# used. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  = + +# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are +# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g. +# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or +# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1" +# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or +# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \ +                         PROGMEM + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this +# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The +# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED +# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the +# definition found in the source code. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      = + +# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will +# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have +# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros +# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not +# removed. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to external references +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag +# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of +# a tag file without this location is as follows: +# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... +# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: +# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... +# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the +# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use +# of tag files. +# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include +# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is +# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. + +TAGFILES               = + +# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a +# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to +# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files. + +GENERATE_TAGFILE       = + +# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in +# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be +# listed. +# The default value is: NO. + +ALLEXTERNALS           = NO + +# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed +# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be +# listed. +# The default value is: YES. + +EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES + +# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in +# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will +# be listed. +# The default value is: YES. + +EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES + +# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script +# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl'). +# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl. + +PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the dot tool +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram +# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to +# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT +# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more +# powerful graphs. +# The default value is: YES. + +CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO + +# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc +# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see: +# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the +# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where +# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the +# default search path. + +MSCGEN_PATH            = + +# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will +# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The +# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides. +# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path. + +DIA_PATH               = + +# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance +# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class. +# The default value is: YES. + +HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES + +# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is +# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see: +# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent +# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is +# set to NO +# The default value is: NO. + +HAVE_DOT               = NO + +# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed +# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of +# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value +# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing +# speed. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0 + +# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen +# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make +# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a +# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by +# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font. +# The default value is: Helvetica. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_FONTNAME           = + +# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of +# dot graphs. +# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10 + +# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with +# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set +# the path where dot can find it using this tag. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_FONTPATH           = + +# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for +# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations. +# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +CLASS_GRAPH            = NO + +# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a +# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation +# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the +# class with other documented classes. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO + +# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for +# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO + +# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and +# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling +# Language. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +UML_LOOK               = NO + +# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the +# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may +# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the +# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0 +# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit +# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear, +# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to +# 10. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10 + +# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and +# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their +# instances. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO + +# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to +# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the +# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented +# files. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO + +# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are +# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing +# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented +# files. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO + +# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call +# dependency graph for every global function or class method. +# +# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. +# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected +# functions only using the \callgraph command. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +CALL_GRAPH             = NO + +# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller +# dependency graph for every global function or class method. +# +# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. +# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected +# functions only using the \callergraph command. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +CALLER_GRAPH           = NO + +# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical +# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO + +# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the +# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The +# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the +# files in the directories. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO + +# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images +# generated by dot. +# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order +# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this +# requirement). +# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg. +# The default value is: png. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png + +# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to +# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning. +# +# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested +# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. +# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make +# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO + +# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be +# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_PATH               = + +# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile +# command). +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOTFILE_DIRS           = + +# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile +# command). + +MSCFILE_DIRS           = + +# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile +# command). + +DIAFILE_DIRS           = + +# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the +# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed +# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will +# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and +# will not generate output for the diagram. + +PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      = + +# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by +# the !include statement in a plantuml block. + +PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  = + +# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes +# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes +# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized +# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct +# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that +# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15 + +# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs +# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the +# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay +# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1 +# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also +# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2 + +# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent +# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem +# to support this out of the box. +# +# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to +# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to +# read). +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES + +# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output +# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This +# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support +# this, this feature is disabled by default. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO + +# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page +# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated +# graphs. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES + +# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot +# files that are used to generate the various graphs. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_CLEANUP            = YES diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/makefile b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/makefile new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fea6fea91d --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/makefile @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +# +#             LUFA Library +#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. +# +#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com +#           www.lufa-lib.org +# +# -------------------------------------- +#         LUFA Project Makefile. +# -------------------------------------- + +# Run "make help" for target help. + +MCU          = at90usb1287 +ARCH         = AVR8 +BOARD        = USBKEY +F_CPU        = 8000000 +F_USB        = $(F_CPU) +OPTIMIZATION = s +TARGET       = TempDataLogger +SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c Lib/DataflashManager.c Lib/RTC.c Lib/SCSI.c Lib/FATFs/diskio.c Lib/FATFs/ff.c \ +               $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL) $(LUFA_SRC_TWI) $(LUFA_SRC_TEMPERATURE) +LUFA_PATH    = ../../LUFA +CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ +LD_FLAGS     = + +# Default target +all: + +# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules +DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA +include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk +include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk + +# Include common DMBS build system modules +DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS +include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk | 
